patch 8.2.4807: processing key eveints in Win32 GUI is not ideal

Problem:    Processing key eveints in Win32 GUI is not ideal.
Solution:   Improve processing of key events. (closes #10155)

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ jobs:
       TEST: test
       SRCDIR: ./src
       LEAK_CFLAGS: -DEXITFREE
+      CFLAGS: -Wno-error=deprecated-declarations
       LOG_DIR: ${{ github.workspace }}/logs
       TERM: xterm
       DISPLAY: ':99'
@@ -88,17 +89,25 @@ jobs:
           fi
           sudo apt update && sudo apt install -y "${PKGS[@]}"
 
-      - name: Install clang-13
+      - name: Install gcc-11
+        if:  matrix.compiler == 'gcc'
+        run: |
+          sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test
+          sudo apt install -y gcc-11
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/gcc gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --set gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11
+
+      - name: Install clang-14
         if: matrix.compiler == 'clang'
         run: |
           wget -O - https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key | sudo apt-key add -
           . /etc/lsb-release
-          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-13 main"
-          sudo apt-get install -y clang-13 llvm-13
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-13 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-13
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-13 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-13 100
+          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-14 main"
+          sudo apt install -y clang-14 llvm-14
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-14 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-14
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-14 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-14 100
 
       - name: Set up environment
         run: |
@@ -245,7 +254,7 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Codecov
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v2
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3
         with:
           flags: linux,${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}
 
@@ -514,7 +523,11 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Check version
         shell: cmd
-        run: src\vim --version || exit 1
+        run: |
+          PATH %LUA_DIR%;C:\msys64\${{ matrix.msystem }}\bin;%PATH%;%PYTHON3_DIR%
+          src\vim --version || exit 1
+          src\vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-1.vim -c quit
+          src\vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-2.vim -c quit
 
       #- name: Prepare Artifact
       #  shell: cmd

.gitignore

@@ -96,5 +96,10 @@ src/shadow-*
 src/runtime
 src/pixmaps
 
-# other possible files build by tools
+# other files possibly created by tools
 src/cscope.out
+
+# Linter/language server files
+/.cache/clangd/
+/.ccls-cache/
+/compile_commands.json

Filelist

@@ -198,7 +198,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test77a.ok \
-		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/testdir/test77a.com \
 		src/testdir/test_*.vim \
 		src/testdir/python2/*.py \
@@ -447,10 +446,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/create_cmdidxs.vim \
 		src/create_nvcmdidxs.c \
 		src/create_nvcmdidxs.vim \
-		src/gui_at_fs.c \
-		src/gui_at_sb.c \
-		src/gui_at_sb.h \
-		src/gui_athena.c \
 		src/gui_gtk.c \
 		src/gui_gtk_f.c \
 		src/gui_gtk_f.h \
@@ -475,7 +470,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/osdef1.h.in \
 		src/osdef2.h.in \
 		src/pathdef.sh \
-		src/proto/gui_athena.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_x11.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_gresources.pro \
@@ -632,6 +626,7 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
 		src/xpm/x86/lib-vc14/libXpm.lib \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.a \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.lib \
+		runtime/bitmaps/vim.ico \
 		nsis/icons.zip \
 
 # source files for Amiga, DOS, etc. (also in the extra archive)
@@ -1000,6 +995,7 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/doc/*-tr.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-tr.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/lang/README.txt \
+		runtime/lang/Makefile \
 		runtime/lang/menu_*.vim \
 		runtime/keymap/README.txt \
 		runtime/keymap/*.vim \

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -403,6 +403,9 @@ Section "$(str_section_exe)" id_section_exe
 	SetOutPath $0\autoload\xml
 	File ${VIMRT}\autoload\xml\*.*
 
+	SetOutPath $0\bitmaps
+	File ${VIMSRC}\vim.ico
+
 	SetOutPath $0\syntax
 	File ${VIMRT}\syntax\*.*
 

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim functions for file type detection
 #
 # Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-# Last Change:	2022 Feb 05
+# Last Change:	2022 Apr 13
 
 # These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 # faster.
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ export def FTbas()
     setf freebasic
   elseif match(lines, qb64_preproc) > -1
     setf qb64
-  elseif match(lines, s:ft_visual_basic_content) > -1
+  elseif match(lines, ft_visual_basic_content) > -1
     setf vb
   else
     setf basic
@@ -107,6 +107,25 @@ export def BindzoneCheck(default = '')
   endif
 enddef
 
+# Returns true if file content looks like RAPID
+def IsRapid(sChkExt: string = ""): bool
+  if sChkExt == "cfg"
+    return getline(1) =~? '\v^%(EIO|MMC|MOC|PROC|SIO|SYS):CFG'
+  endif
+  # called from FTmod, FTprg or FTsys
+  return getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~? '\v^\s*%(\%{3}|module\s+\k+\s*%(\(|$))'
+enddef
+
+export def FTcfg()
+  if exists("g:filetype_cfg")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_cfg
+  elseif IsRapid("cfg")
+    setf rapid
+  else
+    setf cfg
+  endif
+enddef
+
 export def FTlpc()
   if exists("g:lpc_syntax_for_c")
     var lnum = 1
@@ -168,7 +187,7 @@ enddef
 
 export def FTent()
   # This function checks for valid cl syntax in the first five lines.
-  # Look for either an opening comment, '#', or a block start, '{".
+  # Look for either an opening comment, '#', or a block start, '{'.
   # If not found, assume SGML.
   var lnum = 1
   while lnum < 6
@@ -182,7 +201,7 @@ export def FTent()
       break
     endif
     lnum += 1
-  endw
+  endwhile
   setf dtd
 enddef
 
@@ -206,6 +225,10 @@ export def EuphoriaCheck()
 enddef
 
 export def DtraceCheck()
+  if did_filetype()
+    # Filetype was already detected
+    return
+  endif
   var lines = getline(1, min([line("$"), 100]))
   if match(lines, '^module\>\|^import\>') > -1
     # D files often start with a module and/or import statement.
@@ -241,7 +264,7 @@ export def FTfrm()
 
   var lines = getline(1, min([line("$"), 5]))
 
-  if match(lines, s:ft_visual_basic_content) > -1
+  if match(lines, ft_visual_basic_content) > -1
     setf vb
   else
     setf form
@@ -406,6 +429,36 @@ export def FTmm()
   setf nroff
 enddef
 
+# Returns true if file content looks like LambdaProlog
+def IsLProlog(): bool
+  # skip apparent comments and blank lines, what looks like 
+  # LambdaProlog comment may be RAPID header
+  var l: number = nextnonblank(1)
+  while l > 0 && l < line('$') && getline(l) =~ '^\s*%' # LambdaProlog comment
+    l = nextnonblank(l + 1)
+  endwhile
+  # this pattern must not catch a go.mod file
+  return getline(l) =~ '\<module\s\+\w\+\s*\.\s*\(%\|$\)'
+enddef
+
+# Determine if *.mod is ABB RAPID, LambdaProlog, Modula-2, Modsim III or go.mod
+export def FTmod()
+  if exists("g:filetype_mod")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_mod
+  elseif IsLProlog()
+    setf lprolog
+  elseif getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ '\%(\<MODULE\s\+\w\+\s*;\|^\s*(\*\)'
+    setf modula2
+  elseif IsRapid()
+    setf rapid
+  elseif expand("<afile>") =~ '\<go.mod$'
+    setf gomod
+  else
+    # Nothing recognized, assume modsim3
+    setf modsim3
+  endif
+enddef
+
 export def FTpl()
   if exists("g:filetype_pl")
     exe "setf " .. g:filetype_pl
@@ -434,7 +487,7 @@ export def FTinc()
       setf php
     # Pascal supports // comments but they're vary rarely used for file
     # headers so assume POV-Ray
-    elseif lines =~ '^\s*\%({\|(\*\)' || lines =~? s:ft_pascal_keywords
+    elseif lines =~ '^\s*\%({\|(\*\)' || lines =~? ft_pascal_keywords
       setf pascal
     else
       FTasmsyntax()
@@ -478,7 +531,7 @@ export def FTprogress_asm()
       break
     endif
     lnum += 1
-  endw
+  endwhile
   setf progress
 enddef
 
@@ -496,7 +549,7 @@ export def FTprogress_pascal()
   var lnum = 1
   while lnum <= 10 && lnum < line('$')
     var line = getline(lnum)
-    if line =~ s:ft_pascal_comments || line =~? s:ft_pascal_keywords
+    if line =~ ft_pascal_comments || line =~? ft_pascal_keywords
       setf pascal
       return
     elseif line !~ '^\s*$' || line =~ '^/\*'
@@ -505,7 +558,7 @@ export def FTprogress_pascal()
       break
     endif
     lnum += 1
-  endw
+  endwhile
   setf progress
 enddef
 
@@ -514,7 +567,7 @@ export def FTpp()
     exe "setf " .. g:filetype_pp
   else
     var line = getline(nextnonblank(1))
-    if line =~ s:ft_pascal_comments || line =~? s:ft_pascal_keywords
+    if line =~ ft_pascal_comments || line =~? ft_pascal_keywords
       setf pascal
     else
       setf puppet
@@ -522,6 +575,18 @@ export def FTpp()
   endif
 enddef
 
+# Determine if *.prg is ABB RAPID. Can also be Clipper, FoxPro or eviews
+export def FTprg()
+  if exists("g:filetype_prg")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_prg
+  elseif IsRapid()
+    setf rapid
+  else
+    # Nothing recognized, assume Clipper
+    setf clipper
+  endif
+enddef
+
 export def FTr()
   var max = line("$") > 50 ? 50 : line("$")
 
@@ -568,7 +633,7 @@ export def McSetf()
       return
     endif
   endfor
-  setf m4  " Default: Sendmail .mc file
+  setf m4  # Default: Sendmail .mc file
 enddef
 
 # Called from filetype.vim and scripts.vim.
@@ -685,8 +750,8 @@ export def FTRules()
   endtry
   var dir = expand('<amatch>:p:h')
   for line in config_lines
-    if line =~ s:ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern
-      var udev_rules = substitute(line, s:ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern, '\1', "")
+    if line =~ ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern
+      var udev_rules = substitute(line, ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern, '\1', "")
       if dir == udev_rules
 	setf udevrules
       endif
@@ -704,6 +769,28 @@ export def SQL()
   endif
 enddef
 
+# This function checks the first 25 lines of file extension "sc" to resolve
+# detection between scala and SuperCollider
+export def FTsc()
+  for lnum in range(1, min([line("$"), 25]))
+    if getline(lnum) =~# '[A-Za-z0-9]*\s:\s[A-Za-z0-9]\|var\s<\|classvar\s<\|\^this.*\||\w*|\|+\s\w*\s{\|\*ar\s'
+      setf supercollider
+      return
+    endif
+  endfor
+  setf scala
+enddef
+
+# This function checks the first line of file extension "scd" to resolve
+# detection between scdoc and SuperCollider
+export def FTscd()
+  if getline(1) =~# '\%^\S\+(\d[0-9A-Za-z]*)\%(\s\+\"[^"]*\"\%(\s\+\"[^"]*\"\)\=\)\=$'
+    setf scdoc
+  else
+    setf supercollider
+  endif
+enddef
+
 # If the file has an extension of 't' and is in a directory 't' or 'xt' then
 # it is almost certainly a Perl test file.
 # If the first line starts with '#' and contains 'perl' it's probably a Perl
@@ -731,6 +818,16 @@ export def FTperl(): number
   return 0
 enddef
 
+export def FTsys()
+  if exists("g:filetype_sys")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_sys
+  elseif IsRapid()
+    setf rapid
+  else
+    setf bat
+  endif
+enddef
+
 # Choose context, plaintex, or tex (LaTeX) based on these rules:
 # 1. Check the first line of the file for "%&<format>".
 # 2. Check the first 1000 non-comment lines for LaTeX or ConTeXt keywords.
@@ -892,6 +989,26 @@ export def FTtf()
   setf tf
 enddef
 
+var ft_krl_header = '\&\w+'
+# Determine if a *.src file is Kuka Robot Language
+export def FTsrc()
+  var ft_krl_def_or_deffct = '%(global\s+)?def%(fct)?>'
+  if exists("g:filetype_src")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_src
+  elseif getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~? '\v^\s*%(' .. ft_krl_header .. '|' .. ft_krl_def_or_deffct .. ')'
+    setf krl
+  endif
+enddef
+
+# Determine if a *.dat file is Kuka Robot Language
+export def FTdat()
+  var ft_krl_defdat = 'defdat>'
+  if exists("g:filetype_dat")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_dat
+  elseif getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~? '\v^\s*%(' .. ft_krl_header .. '|' .. ft_krl_defdat .. ')'
+    setf krl
+  endif
+enddef
 
 # Uncomment this line to check for compilation errors early
 # defcompile

runtime/autoload/python3complete.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Maintainer: <vacancy>
 " Previous Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.9
-" Last Updated: 2020 Oct 9
+" Last Updated: 2022 Mar 30
 "
 " Roland Puntaier: this file contains adaptations for python3 and is parallel to pythoncomplete.vim
 "
@@ -91,6 +91,9 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:DefPython()
 py3 << PYTHONEOF
+import warnings
+warnings.simplefilter(action='ignore', category=FutureWarning)
+
 import sys, tokenize, io, types
 from token import NAME, DEDENT, NEWLINE, STRING
 

runtime/colors/lists/default.vim

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 " Maintainer:  Drew Vogel <dvogel@sidejump.org>
-" Last Change: 2021 Jul 25
+" Last Change: 2022 Mar 20
 "
 " Replaced rgb.txt as the source of de facto standard color names. This is
 " sourced each time the colorscheme command is run. It is also sourced each
@@ -430,6 +430,8 @@ call extend(v:colornames, {
 			\ 'yellow2': '#eeee00',
 			\ 'yellow3': '#cdcd00',
 			\ 'yellow4': '#8b8b00',
+			\ 'dark yellow': '#8b8b00',
+			\ 'darkyellow': '#8b8b00',
 			\ 'gold1': '#ffd700',
 			\ 'gold2': '#eec900',
 			\ 'gold3': '#cdad00',
@@ -506,6 +508,8 @@ call extend(v:colornames, {
 			\ 'orangered2': '#ee4000',
 			\ 'orangered3': '#cd3700',
 			\ 'orangered4': '#8b2500',
+			\ 'light red': '#ff8b8b',
+			\ 'lightred': '#ff8b8b',
 			\ 'red1': '#ff0000',
 			\ 'red2': '#ee0000',
 			\ 'red3': '#cd0000',
@@ -538,6 +542,8 @@ call extend(v:colornames, {
 			\ 'violetred2': '#ee3a8c',
 			\ 'violetred3': '#cd3278',
 			\ 'violetred4': '#8b2252',
+			\ 'light magenta': '#ff8bff',
+			\ 'lightmagenta': '#ff8bff',
 			\ 'magenta1': '#ff00ff',
 			\ 'magenta2': '#ee00ee',
 			\ 'magenta3': '#cd00cd',

runtime/compiler/jest.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	Jest
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2018 May 15
+" Last Change:	2021 Nov 20
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -15,12 +15,14 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ jest\ --no-colors
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ --no-install\ jest\ --no-colors
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=jest\ --no-colors
-CompilerSet errorformat=%E\ \ ●\ %m,
+CompilerSet errorformat=%-A\ \ ●\ Console,
+		       \%E\ \ ●\ %m,
 		       \%Z\ %\\{4}%.%#Error:\ %f:\ %m\ (%l:%c):%\\=,
 		       \%Z\ %\\{6}at\ %\\S%#\ (%f:%l:%c),
+		       \%Z\ %\\{6}at\ %\\S%#\ %f:%l:%c,
 		       \%+C\ %\\{4}%\\w%.%#,
 		       \%+C\ %\\{4}%[-+]%.%#,
 		       \%-C%.%#,

runtime/compiler/sml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SML/NJ Compiler
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2020 Feb 10
+" Last Change:	2022 Feb 09
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=sml
-CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l.%c-%\\d%\\+.%\\d%\\+\ %trror:\ %m,
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l.%c-%e.%k\ %trror:\ %m,
 		       \%f:%l.%c\ %trror:\ %m,
-		       \%trror:\ %m
-		       \%f:%l.%c-%\\d%\\+.%\\d%\\+\ %tarning:\ %m,
+		       \%trror:\ %m,
+		       \%f:%l.%c-%e.%k\ %tarning:\ %m,
 		       \%f:%l.%c\ %tarning:\ %m,
 		       \%tarning:\ %m,
 		       \%-G%.%#

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2021 Nov 17
+" Last change:	2022 Mar 03
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -64,9 +64,10 @@ if has('win32')
   set guioptions-=t
 endif
 
-" Don't use Ex mode, use Q for formatting.
+" Don't use Q for Ex mode, use it for formatting.  Except for Select mode.
 " Revert with ":unmap Q".
 map Q gq
+sunmap Q
 
 " CTRL-U in insert mode deletes a lot.  Use CTRL-G u to first break undo,
 " so that you can undo CTRL-U after inserting a line break.

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version6.txt \
 	version7.txt \
 	version8.txt \
+	version9.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
 	vim9.txt \
 	visual.txt \
@@ -298,6 +299,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	version6.html \
 	version7.html \
 	version8.html \
+	version9.html \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
 	vim9.html \

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 09
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 			they were given.
 			See |autocmd-nested| for [++nested].  "nested"
 			(without the ++) can also be used, for backwards
-			compatibility.
+			compatibility, but not in |Vim9| script. *E1078*
 							*autocmd-once*
 			If [++once] is supplied the command is executed once,
 			then removed ("one shot").
@@ -95,6 +95,7 @@ Or use `:execute`: >
 	:augroup mine | exe "au! BufRead *" | augroup END
 	:augroup mine | exe "au BufRead * set tw=70" | augroup END
 
+<							*autocmd-expand*
 Note that special characters (e.g., "%", "<cword>") in the ":autocmd"
 arguments are not expanded when the autocommand is defined.  These will be
 expanded when the Event is recognized, and the {cmd} is executed.  The only
@@ -365,6 +366,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |InsertEnter|		starting Insert mode
 |InsertChange|		when typing <Insert> while in Insert or Replace mode
 |InsertLeave|		when leaving Insert mode
+|InsertLeavePre| 	just before leaving Insert mode
 |InsertCharPre|		when a character was typed in Insert mode, before
 			inserting it
 
@@ -401,6 +403,8 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"
 |SigUSR1|		after the SIGUSR1 signal has been detected
 
+|WinScrolled|		after scrolling or resizing a window
+
 
 The alphabetical list of autocommand events:		*autocmd-events-abc*
 
@@ -470,13 +474,15 @@ BufRead or BufReadPost		When starting to edit a new buffer, after
 				executing the modelines.  See |BufWinEnter|
 				for when you need to do something after
 				processing the modelines.
-				This does NOT work for ":r file".  Not used
-				when the file doesn't exist.  Also used after
-				successfully recovering a file.
-				Also triggered for the filetypedetect group
-				when executing ":filetype detect" and when
-				writing an unnamed buffer in a way that the
-				buffer gets a name.
+				Also triggered:
+				- when writing an unnamed buffer in a way that
+				  the buffer gets a name
+				- after successfully recovering a file
+				- for the filetypedetect group when executing
+				  ":filetype detect"
+				Not triggered:
+				- for the `:read file` command
+				- when the file doesn't exist
 							*BufReadCmd*
 BufReadCmd			Before starting to edit a new buffer.  Should
 				read the file into the buffer. |Cmd-event|
@@ -689,9 +695,9 @@ CursorHoldI			Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
 CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
 				mode.  Also when the text of the cursor line
 				has been changed, e.g., with "x", "rx" or "p".
-				Not triggered when there is typeahead, while
-				executing commands in a script file, when
-				an operator is pending or when moving to
+				Not always triggered when there is typeahead,
+				while executing commands in a script file,
+				when an operator is pending or when moving to
 				another window while remaining at the same
 				cursor position.
 				For an example see |match-parens|.
@@ -704,9 +710,38 @@ CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
 CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
 				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
 				Otherwise the same as CursorMoved.
+							*DiffUpdated*
+DiffUpdated			After diffs have been updated.  Depending on
+				what kind of diff is being used (internal or
+				external) this can be triggered on every
+				change or when doing |:diffupdate|.
+							*DirChangedPre*
+DirChangedPre			The working directory is going to be changed,
+				as with |DirChanged|.  The pattern is like
+				with |DirChanged|.  The new directory can be
+				found in v:event.directory.
+							*DirChanged*
+DirChanged			The working directory has changed in response
+				to the |:cd| or |:tcd| or |:lcd| commands, or
+				as a result of the 'autochdir' option.
+				The pattern can be:
+					"window"  to trigger on `:lcd`
+					"tabpage" to trigger on `:tcd`
+					"global"  to trigger on `:cd`
+					"auto"    to trigger on 'autochdir'.
+					"drop"	  to trigger on editing a file
+				<afile> is set to the new directory name.
 							*EncodingChanged*
 EncodingChanged			Fires off after the 'encoding' option has been
 				changed.  Useful to set up fonts, for example.
+							*ExitPre*
+ExitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` in a way it makes
+				Vim exit, or using `:qall`, just after
+				|QuitPre|.  Can be used to close any
+				non-essential window.  Exiting may still be
+				cancelled if there is a modified buffer that
+				isn't automatically saved, use |VimLeavePre|
+				for really exiting.
 							*FileAppendCmd*
 FileAppendCmd			Before appending to a file.  Should do the
 				appending to the file.  Use the '[ and ']
@@ -734,35 +769,6 @@ FileChangedRO			Before making the first change to a read-only
 							*E881*
 				If the number of lines changes saving for undo
 				may fail and the change will be aborted.
-							*DiffUpdated*
-DiffUpdated			After diffs have been updated.  Depending on
-				what kind of diff is being used (internal or
-				external) this can be triggered on every
-				change or when doing |:diffupdate|.
-							*DirChangedPre*
-DirChangedPre			The working directory is going to be changed,
-				as with |DirChanged|.  The pattern is like
-				with |DirChanged|.  The new directory can be
-				found in v:event.directory.
-							*DirChanged*
-DirChanged			The working directory has changed in response
-				to the |:cd| or |:tcd| or |:lcd| commands, or
-				as a result of the 'autochdir' option.
-				The pattern can be:
-					"window"  to trigger on `:lcd`
-					"tabpage" to trigger on `:tcd`
-					"global"  to trigger on `:cd`
-					"auto"    to trigger on 'autochdir'.
-					"drop"	  to trigger on editing a file
-				<afile> is set to the new directory name.
-							*ExitPre*
-ExitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` in a way it makes
-				Vim exit, or using `:qall`, just after
-				|QuitPre|.  Can be used to close any
-				non-essential window.  Exiting may still be
-				cancelled if there is a modified buffer that
-				isn't automatically saved, use |VimLeavePre|
-				for really exiting.
 							*FileChangedShell*
 FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				a file has changed since editing started.
@@ -1202,6 +1208,9 @@ TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				current buffer.  The following values of
 				|v:event| can be used to determine the operation
 				that triggered this autocmd:
+				   inclusive	TRUE if the motion is
+						|inclusive| else the motion is
+						|exclusive|.
 				   operator	The operation performed.
 				   regcontents	Text that was stored in the
 						register, as a list of lines,
@@ -1227,7 +1236,13 @@ User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				Note that when `:doautocmd User MyEvent` is
 				used while there are no matching autocommands,
 				you will get an error.  If you don't want
-				that, define a dummy autocommand yourself.
+				that, either check whether an autocommand is
+				defined using `exists('#User#MyEvent')` or
+				define a dummy autocommand yourself.
+				Example: >
+				    if exists('#User#MyEvent')
+					doautocmd User MyEvent
+				    endif
 
 							*SigUSR1*
 SigUSR1				After the SIGUSR1 signal has been detected.
@@ -1316,10 +1331,23 @@ WinNew				When a new window was created.  Not done for
 				the first window, when Vim has just started.
 				Before a WinEnter event.
 
+							*WinScrolled*
+WinScrolled			After scrolling the content of a window or
+				resizing a window.
+				The pattern is matched against the
+				|window-ID|.  Both <amatch> and <afile> are
+				set to the |window-ID|.
+				Non-recursive (the event cannot trigger
+				itself).  However, if the command causes the
+				window to scroll or change size another
+				WinScrolled event will be triggered later.
+				Does not trigger when the command is added,
+				only after the first scroll or resize.
+
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{aupat}*
 
-The {aupat} argument of `:autocmd` can be a comma separated list.  This works as
+The {aupat} argument of `:autocmd` can be a comma-separated list.  This works as
 if the command was given with each pattern separately.  Thus this command: >
 	:autocmd BufRead *.txt,*.info set et
 Is equivalent to: >
@@ -1639,7 +1667,7 @@ Examples for reading and writing compressed files: >
   :  autocmd BufReadPre,FileReadPre	*.gz set bin
   :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz '[,']!gunzip
   :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz set nobin
-  :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz execute ":doautocmd BufReadPost " . expand("%:r")
+  :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz execute ":doautocmd BufReadPost " .. expand("%:r")
   :  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.gz !mv <afile> <afile>:r
   :  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.gz !gzip <afile>:r
 
@@ -1738,7 +1766,7 @@ To insert the current date and time in a *.html file when writing it: >
   :  else
   :    let l = line("$")
   :  endif
-  :  exe "1," . l . "g/Last modified: /s/Last modified: .*/Last modified: " .
+  :  exe "1," .. l .. "g/Last modified: /s/Last modified: .*/Last modified: " ..
   :  \ strftime("%Y %b %d")
   :endfun
 

runtime/doc/builtin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 08
+*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -161,7 +161,8 @@ exists_compiled({expr})		Number	|TRUE| if {expr} exists at compile time
 exp({expr})			Float	exponential of {expr}
 expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
 				any	expand special keywords in {expr}
-expandcmd({expr})		String	expand {expr} like with `:edit`
+expandcmd({string} [, {options}])
+				String	expand {string} like with `:edit`
 extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
 				List/Dict insert items of {expr2} into {expr1}
 extendnew({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
@@ -539,8 +540,8 @@ sin({expr})			Float	sine of {expr}
 sinh({expr})			Float	hyperbolic sine of {expr}
 slice({expr}, {start} [, {end}])  String, List or Blob
 					slice of a String, List or Blob
-sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])
-				List	sort {list}, using {func} to compare
+sort({list} [, {how} [, {dict}]])
+				List	sort {list}, compare with {how}
 sound_clear()			none	stop playing all sounds
 sound_playevent({name} [, {callback}])
 				Number	play an event sound
@@ -854,7 +855,7 @@ argv([{nr} [, {winid}]])
 	:let i = 0
 	:while i < argc()
 	:  let f = escape(fnameescape(argv(i)), '.')
-	:  exe 'amenu Arg.' . f . ' :e ' . f . '<CR>'
+	:  exe 'amenu Arg.' .. f .. ' :e ' .. f .. '<CR>'
 	:  let i = i + 1
 	:endwhile
 <		Without the {nr} argument, or when {nr} is -1, a |List| with
@@ -1134,7 +1135,7 @@ bufwinid({buf})						*bufwinid()*
 		see |bufname()| above.  If buffer {buf} doesn't exist or
 		there is no such window, -1 is returned.  Example: >
 
-	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinid(1))
+	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " .. (bufwinid(1))
 <
 		Only deals with the current tab page.
 
@@ -1147,7 +1148,7 @@ bufwinnr({buf})						*bufwinnr()*
 		If buffer {buf} doesn't exist or there is no such window, -1
 		is returned.  Example: >
 
-	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinnr(1))
+	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " .. (bufwinnr(1))
 
 <		The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
 		|:wincmd|.
@@ -1197,7 +1198,7 @@ byteidx({expr}, {nr})					*byteidx()*
 byteidxcomp({expr}, {nr})					*byteidxcomp()*
 		Like byteidx(), except that a composing character is counted
 		as a separate character.  Example: >
-			let s = 'e' . nr2char(0x301)
+			let s = 'e' .. nr2char(0x301)
 			echo byteidx(s, 1)
 			echo byteidxcomp(s, 1)
 			echo byteidxcomp(s, 2)
@@ -1392,7 +1393,7 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 			col(".")		column of cursor
 			col("$")		length of cursor line plus one
 			col("'t")		column of mark t
-			col("'" . markname)	column of mark markname
+			col("'" .. markname)	column of mark markname
 <		The first column is 1.  0 is returned for an error.
 		For an uppercase mark the column may actually be in another
 		buffer.
@@ -1401,7 +1402,7 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 		line.  This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
 			:imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
 				\<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
-				\<C-O>:echo col(".") . "\n" <Bar>
+				\<C-O>:echo col(".") .. "\n" <Bar>
 				\let &ve = save_ve<CR>
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -1562,14 +1563,15 @@ confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
 		or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
 
 		An example: >
-   :let choice = confirm("What do you want?", "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
-   :if choice == 0
-   :	echo "make up your mind!"
-   :elseif choice == 3
-   :	echo "tasteful"
-   :else
-   :	echo "I prefer bananas myself."
-   :endif
+		   let choice = confirm("What do you want?",
+		   			\ "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
+		   if choice == 0
+		   	echo "make up your mind!"
+		   elseif choice == 3
+		   	echo "tasteful"
+		   else
+		   	echo "I prefer bananas myself."
+		   endif
 <		In a GUI dialog, buttons are used.  The layout of the buttons
 		depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'.  If it is included,
 		the buttons are always put vertically.  Otherwise,  confirm()
@@ -1752,7 +1754,10 @@ deepcopy({expr} [, {noref}])				*deepcopy()* *E698*
 
 delete({fname} [, {flags}])				*delete()*
 		Without {flags} or with {flags} empty: Deletes the file by the
-		name {fname}.  This also works when {fname} is a symbolic link.
+		name {fname}.
+
+		This also works when {fname} is a symbolic link.  The symbolic
+		link itself is deleted, not what it points to.
 
 		When {flags} is "d": Deletes the directory by the name
 		{fname}.  This fails when directory {fname} is not empty.
@@ -1762,8 +1767,6 @@ delete({fname} [, {flags}])				*delete()*
 		Note: on MS-Windows it is not possible to delete a directory
 		that is being used.
 
-		A symbolic link itself is deleted, not what it points to.
-
 		The result is a Number, which is 0/false if the delete
 		operation was successful and -1/true when the deletion failed
 		or partly failed.
@@ -2043,7 +2046,7 @@ execute({command} [, {silent}])					*execute()*
 		It is not possible to use `:redir` anywhere in {command}.
 
 		To get a list of lines use |split()| on the result: >
-			split(execute('args'), "\n")
+			execute('args')->split("\n")
 
 <		To execute a command in another window than the current one
 		use `win_execute()`.
@@ -2082,9 +2085,12 @@ exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if {expr} is defined,
 			dict.key	|internal-variables|).  Also works
 			list[i]		for |curly-braces-names|, |Dictionary|
 			import.Func	entries, |List| items, imported
-					items,etc.
+					items, etc.
 					Does not work for local variables in a
 					compiled `:def` function.
+					Also works for a function in |Vim9|
+					script, since it can be used as a
+					function reference.
 					Beware that evaluating an index may
 					cause an error message for an invalid
 					expression.  E.g.: >
@@ -2137,7 +2143,8 @@ exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if {expr} is defined,
 			exists("&shortname")
 			exists("$HOSTNAME")
 			exists("*strftime")
-			exists("*s:MyFunc")
+			exists("*s:MyFunc")	" only for legacy script
+			exists("*MyFunc")
 			exists("bufcount")
 			exists(":Make")
 			exists("#CursorHold")
@@ -2230,6 +2237,8 @@ expand({string} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 					a function
 			<SID>		"<SNR>123_"  where "123" is the
 					current script ID  |<SID>|
+			<script>	sourced script file, or script file
+					where the current function was defined
 			<stack>		call stack
 			<cword>		word under the cursor
 			<cWORD>		WORD under the cursor
@@ -2243,12 +2252,12 @@ expand({string} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 			:e		extension only
 
 		Example: >
-			:let &tags = expand("%:p:h") . "/tags"
+			:let &tags = expand("%:p:h") .. "/tags"
 <		Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
 		'<', any following text is ignored.  This does NOT work: >
 			:let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
 <		Use this: >
-			:let doeswork = expand("%:h") . ".bak"
+			:let doeswork = expand("%:h") .. ".bak"
 <		Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
 		referenced file name without further expansion.  If "<cfile>"
 		is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
@@ -2263,6 +2272,9 @@ expand({string} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 		is not defined, an empty string is used.  Using "%:p" in a
 		buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
 		'/' added.
+		When 'verbose' is set then expanding '%', '#' and <> items
+		will result in an error message if the argument cannot be
+		expanded.
 
 		When {string} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
 		expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
@@ -2288,16 +2300,28 @@ expand({string} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			Getpattern()->expand()
 
-expandcmd({string})					*expandcmd()*
+expandcmd({string} [, {options}])			*expandcmd()*
 		Expand special items in String {string} like what is done for
 		an Ex command such as `:edit`.  This expands special keywords,
 		like with |expand()|, and environment variables, anywhere in
 		{string}.  "~user" and "~/path" are only expanded at the
 		start.
-		Returns the expanded string.  Example: >
-			:echo expandcmd('make %<.o')
 
-<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+		The following items are supported in the {options} Dict
+		argument:
+		    errmsg	If set to TRUE, error messages are displayed
+				if an error is encountered during expansion.
+				By default, error messages are not displayed.
+
+		Returns the expanded string.  If an error is encountered
+		during expansion, the unmodified {string} is returned.
+
+		Example: >
+			:echo expandcmd('make %<.o')
+			make /path/runtime/doc/builtin.o
+			:echo expandcmd('make %<.o', {'errmsg': v:true})
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetCommand()->expandcmd()
 <
 extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extend()*
@@ -2629,7 +2653,7 @@ fnameescape({string})					*fnameescape()*
 		and |:write|).  And a "-" by itself (special after |:cd|).
 		Example: >
 			:let fname = '+some str%nge|name'
-			:exe "edit " . fnameescape(fname)
+			:exe "edit " .. fnameescape(fname)
 <		results in executing: >
 			edit \+some\ str\%nge\|name
 <
@@ -2723,7 +2747,7 @@ foreground()	Move the Vim window to the foreground.  Useful when sent from
 		On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
 		allow a window to bring itself to the foreground.  Use
 		|remote_foreground()| instead.
-		{only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
+		{only in the Win32, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
 		Win32 console version}
 
 fullcommand({name})						*fullcommand()*
@@ -2810,7 +2834,7 @@ function({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])
 <		The Dictionary is only useful when calling a "dict" function.
 		In that case the {dict} is passed in as "self". Example: >
 			function Callback() dict
-			   echo "called for " . self.name
+			   echo "called for " .. self.name
 			endfunction
 			...
 			let context = {"name": "example"}
@@ -3009,7 +3033,7 @@ getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 		string is returned, there is no error message.
 		Examples: >
 			:let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
-			:echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
+			:echo "todo myvar = " .. getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->getbufvar(varname)
@@ -3070,9 +3094,9 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 		This example positions the mouse as it would normally happen: >
 			let c = getchar()
 			if c == "\<LeftMouse>" && v:mouse_win > 0
-			  exe v:mouse_win . "wincmd w"
+			  exe v:mouse_win .. "wincmd w"
 			  exe v:mouse_lnum
-			  exe "normal " . v:mouse_col . "|"
+			  exe "normal " .. v:mouse_col .. "|"
 			endif
 <
 		When using bracketed paste only the first character is
@@ -3226,7 +3250,8 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		arglist		file names in argument list
 		augroup		autocmd groups
 		buffer		buffer names
-		behave		:behave suboptions
+		behave		|:behave| suboptions
+		breakpoint	|:breakadd| and |:breakdel| suboptions
 		color		color schemes
 		command		Ex command
 		cmdline		|cmdline-completion| result
@@ -3243,7 +3268,7 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		function	function name
 		help		help subjects
 		highlight	highlight groups
-		history		:history suboptions
+		history		|:history| suboptions
 		locale		locale names (as output of locale -a)
 		mapclear	buffer argument
 		mapping		mapping name
@@ -3251,6 +3276,7 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		messages	|:messages| suboptions
 		option		options
 		packadd		optional package |pack-add| names
+		scriptnames	sourced script names |:scriptnames|
 		shellcmd	Shell command
 		sign		|:sign| suboptions
 		syntax		syntax file names |'syntax'|
@@ -3268,6 +3294,13 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		is applied to filter the results.  Otherwise all the matches
 		are returned. The 'wildignorecase' option always applies.
 
+		If the 'wildoptions' option contains 'fuzzy', then fuzzy
+		matching is used to get the completion matches. Otherwise
+		regular expression matching is used.  Thus this function
+		follows the user preference, what happens on the command line.
+		If you do not want this you can make 'wildoptions' empty
+		before calling getcompletion() and restore it afterwards.
+
 		If {type} is "cmdline", then the |cmdline-completion| result is
 		returned.  For example, to complete the possible values after
 		a ":call" command: >
@@ -3869,7 +3902,7 @@ gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])		*gettabwinvar()*
 		empty string is returned, there is no error message.
 		Examples: >
 			:let list_is_on = gettabwinvar(1, 2, '&list')
-			:echo "myvar = " . gettabwinvar(3, 1, 'myvar')
+			:echo "myvar = " .. gettabwinvar(3, 1, 'myvar')
 <
 		To obtain all window-local variables use: >
 			gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, '&')
@@ -4002,7 +4035,7 @@ getwinvar({winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getwinvar()*
 		Like |gettabwinvar()| for the current tabpage.
 		Examples: >
 			:let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
-			:echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
+			:echo "myvar = " .. getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->getwinvar(varname)
@@ -4257,7 +4290,7 @@ histdel({history} [, {item}])				*histdel()*
 		The following three are equivalent: >
 			:call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
 			:call histdel("search", -1)
-			:call histdel("search", '^'.histget("search", -1).'$')
+			:call histdel("search", '^' .. histget("search", -1) .. '$')
 <
 		To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
 		the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >
@@ -4276,7 +4309,7 @@ histget({history} [, {index}])				*histget()*
 
 		Examples:
 		Redo the second last search from history. >
-			:execute '/' . histget("search", -2)
+			:execute '/' .. histget("search", -2)
 
 <		Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
 		the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >
@@ -4522,7 +4555,7 @@ input({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]])		*input()*
 		|:execute| or |:normal|.
 
 		Example with a mapping: >
-			:nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" . Foo<CR>
+			:nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" .. Foo<CR>
 			:function GetFoo()
 			:  call inputsave()
 			:  let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
@@ -4696,7 +4729,7 @@ items({dict})						*items()*
 		order.  Also see |keys()| and |values()|.
 		Example: >
 			for [key, value] in items(mydict)
-			   echo key . ': ' . value
+			   echo key .. ': ' .. value
 			endfor
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -4711,7 +4744,7 @@ join({list} [, {sep}])					*join()*
 		{sep} is omitted a single space is used.
 		Note that {sep} is not added at the end.  You might want to
 		add it there too: >
-			let lines = join(mylist, "\n") . "\n"
+			let lines = join(mylist, "\n") .. "\n"
 <		String items are used as-is.  |Lists| and |Dictionaries| are
 		converted into a string like with |string()|.
 		The opposite function is |split()|.
@@ -4806,6 +4839,8 @@ json_encode({expr})					*json_encode()*
 		Note that NaN and Infinity are passed on as values.  This is
 		missing in the JSON standard, but several implementations do
 		allow it.  If not then you will get an error.
+		If a string contains an illegal character then the replacement
+		character 0xfffd is used.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetObject()->json_encode()
@@ -4923,7 +4958,7 @@ line({expr} [, {winid}])				*line()*
 			line(".")		line number of the cursor
 			line(".", winid)	idem, in window "winid"
 			line("'t")		line number of mark t
-			line("'" . marker)	line number of mark marker
+			line("'" .. marker)	line number of mark marker
 <
 		To jump to the last known position when opening a file see
 		|last-position-jump|.
@@ -4999,12 +5034,12 @@ listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])			*listener_add()*
 		Returns a unique ID that can be passed to |listener_remove()|.
 
 		The {callback} is invoked with five arguments:
-		    a:bufnr	the buffer that was changed
-		    a:start	first changed line number
-		    a:end	first line number below the change
-		    a:added	number of lines added, negative if lines were
+		    bufnr	the buffer that was changed
+		    start	first changed line number
+		    end		first line number below the change
+		    added	number of lines added, negative if lines were
 				deleted
-		    a:changes	a List of items with details about the changes
+		    changes	a List of items with details about the changes
 
 		Example: >
 	    func Listener(bufnr, start, end, added, changes)
@@ -5012,7 +5047,7 @@ listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])			*listener_add()*
 	    endfunc
 	    call listener_add('Listener', bufnr)
 
-<		The List cannot be changed.  Each item in a:changes is a
+<		The List cannot be changed.  Each item in "changes" is a
 		dictionary with these entries:
 		    lnum	the first line number of the change
 		    end		the first line below the change
@@ -5139,7 +5174,7 @@ luaeval({expr} [, {expr}])					*luaeval()*
 
 map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		{expr1} must be a |List|, |String|, |Blob| or |Dictionary|.
-		When {expr1} is a |List|| or |Dictionary|, replace each
+		When {expr1} is a |List| or |Dictionary|, replace each
 		item in {expr1} with the result of evaluating {expr2}.
 		For a |Blob| each byte is replaced.
 		For a |String|, each character, including composing
@@ -5157,7 +5192,7 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		current byte. For a |String| |v:key| has the index of the
 		current character.
 		Example: >
-			:call map(mylist, '"> " . v:val . " <"')
+			:call map(mylist, '"> " .. v:val .. " <"')
 <		This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".
 
 		Note that {expr2} is the result of an expression and is then
@@ -5171,19 +5206,19 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		The function must return the new value of the item. Example
 		that changes each value by "key-value": >
 			func KeyValue(key, val)
-			  return a:key . '-' . a:val
+			  return a:key .. '-' .. a:val
 			endfunc
 			call map(myDict, function('KeyValue'))
 <		It is shorter when using a |lambda|: >
-			call map(myDict, {key, val -> key . '-' . val})
+			call map(myDict, {key, val -> key .. '-' .. val})
 <		If you do not use "val" you can leave it out: >
-			call map(myDict, {key -> 'item: ' . key})
+			call map(myDict, {key -> 'item: ' .. key})
 <		If you do not use "key" you can use a short name: >
-			call map(myDict, {_, val -> 'item: ' . val})
+			call map(myDict, {_, val -> 'item: ' .. val})
 <
 		The operation is done in-place for a |List| and |Dictionary|.
 		If you want it to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
-			:let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' v:val . "\t"')
+			:let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' v:val .. "\t"')
 
 <		Returns {expr1}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered,
 		or a new |Blob| or |String|.
@@ -5259,7 +5294,7 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		then the global mappings.
 		This function can be used to map a key even when it's already
 		mapped, and have it do the original mapping too.  Sketch: >
-			exe 'nnoremap <Tab> ==' . maparg('<Tab>', 'n')
+			exe 'nnoremap <Tab> ==' .. maparg('<Tab>', 'n')
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetKey()->maparg('n')
@@ -5548,7 +5583,7 @@ matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
 
 		If {list} is a list of dictionaries, then the optional {dict}
 		argument supports the following additional items:
-		    key		key of the item which is fuzzy matched against
+		    key		Key of the item which is fuzzy matched against
 				{str}. The value of this item should be a
 				string.
 		    text_cb	|Funcref| that will be called for every item
@@ -5556,6 +5591,8 @@ matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
 				This should accept a dictionary item as the
 				argument and return the text for that item to
 				use for fuzzy matching.
+		    limit	Maximum number of matches in {list} to be
+				returned.  Zero means no limit.
 
 		{str} is treated as a literal string and regular expression
 		matching is NOT supported.  The maximum supported {str} length
@@ -5568,7 +5605,10 @@ matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
 		empty list is returned. If length of {str} is greater than
 		256, then returns an empty list.
 
-		Refer to |fuzzy-match| for more information about fuzzy
+		When {limit} is given, matchfuzzy() will find up to this
+		number of matches in {list} and return them in sorted order.
+
+		Refer to |fuzzy-matching| for more information about fuzzy
 		matching strings.
 
 		Example: >
@@ -5782,7 +5822,7 @@ mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 		{name}.  Thus if you create /tmp/foo/bar then /tmp/foo will be
 		created with 0o755.
 		Example: >
-			:call mkdir($HOME . "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0o700)
+			:call mkdir($HOME .. "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0o700)
 
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
@@ -5996,8 +6036,10 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		When used as a |method| the base is passed as the second
 		argument: >
 			Compute()->printf("result: %d")
+<
+		You can use `call()` to pass the items as a list.
 
-<		Often used items are:
+		Often used items are:
 		  %s	string
 		  %6S	string right-aligned in 6 display cells
 		  %6s	string right-aligned in 6 bytes
@@ -6223,7 +6265,7 @@ prompt_setcallback({buf}, {expr})			*prompt_setcallback()*
 		       stopinsert
 		       close
 		     else
-		       call append(line('$') - 1, 'Entered: "' . a:text . '"')
+		       call append(line('$') - 1, 'Entered: "' .. a:text .. '"')
 		       " Reset 'modified' to allow the buffer to be closed.
 		       set nomodified
 		     endif
@@ -6420,7 +6462,7 @@ readdir({directory} [, {expr} [, {dict}]])			*readdir()*
 		  function! s:tree(dir)
 		      return {a:dir : map(readdir(a:dir),
 		      \ {_, x -> isdirectory(x) ?
-		      \		 {x : s:tree(a:dir . '/' . x)} : x})}
+		      \		 {x : s:tree(a:dir .. '/' .. x)} : x})}
 		  endfunction
 		  echo s:tree(".")
 <
@@ -6617,16 +6659,22 @@ reltimestr({time})				*reltimestr()*
 
 							*remote_expr()* *E449*
 remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar} [, {timeout}]])
-		Send the {string} to {server}.  The string is sent as an
-		expression and the result is returned after evaluation.
-		The result must be a String or a |List|.  A |List| is turned
-		into a String by joining the items with a line break in
-		between (not at the end), like with join(expr, "\n").
+		Send the {string} to {server}.  The {server} argument is a
+		string, also see |{server}|.
+
+		The string is sent as an expression and the result is returned
+		after evaluation.  The result must be a String or a |List|.  A
+		|List| is turned into a String by joining the items with a
+		line break in between (not at the end), like with join(expr,
+		"\n").
+
 		If {idvar} is present and not empty, it is taken as the name
 		of a variable and a {serverid} for later use with
 		|remote_read()| is stored there.
+
 		If {timeout} is given the read times out after this many
 		seconds.  Otherwise a timeout of 600 seconds is used.
+
 		See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
@@ -6647,7 +6695,7 @@ remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar} [, {timeout}]])
 
 remote_foreground({server})				*remote_foreground()*
 		Move the Vim server with the name {server} to the foreground.
-		The {server} argument is a string.
+		The {server} argument is a string, also see |{server}|.
 		This works like: >
 			remote_expr({server}, "foreground()")
 <		Except that on Win32 systems the client does the work, to work
@@ -6660,7 +6708,7 @@ remote_foreground({server})				*remote_foreground()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ServerName()->remote_foreground()
 
-<		{only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
+<		{only in the Win32, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
 		Win32 console version}
 
 
@@ -6676,7 +6724,7 @@ remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}])		*remote_peek()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
 		Examples: >
 			:let repl = ""
-			:echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl
+			:echo "PEEK: " .. remote_peek(id, "repl") .. ": " .. repl
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ServerId()->remote_peek()
@@ -6696,12 +6744,17 @@ remote_read({serverid}, [{timeout}])			*remote_read()*
 <
 							*remote_send()* *E241*
 remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
-		Send the {string} to {server}.  The string is sent as input
-		keys and the function returns immediately.  At the Vim server
-		the keys are not mapped |:map|.
+		Send the {string} to {server}.  The {server} argument is a
+		string, also see |{server}|.
+
+		The string is sent as input keys and the function returns
+		immediately.  At the Vim server the keys are not mapped
+		|:map|.
+
 		If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a variable
 		and a {serverid} for later use with remote_read() is stored
 		there.
+
 		See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
@@ -6709,12 +6762,12 @@ remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
 		Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess
 		up the display.
 		Examples: >
-		:echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply ".file, "serverid").
+		:echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply " .. file, "serverid") ..
 		 \ remote_read(serverid)
 
 		:autocmd NONE RemoteReply *
 		 \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>"))
-		:echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo ".
+		:echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo " ..
 		 \ 'server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")<CR>')
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -6739,7 +6792,7 @@ remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])				*remove()*
 		points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
 		See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
 		Example: >
-			:echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1)
+			:echo "last item: " .. remove(mylist, -1)
 			:call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
 <
 		Use |delete()| to remove a file.
@@ -6755,13 +6808,13 @@ remove({blob}, {idx} [, {end}])
 		byte as {end} a |Blob| with one byte is returned.  When {end}
 		points to a byte before {idx} this is an error.
 		Example: >
-			:echo "last byte: " . remove(myblob, -1)
+			:echo "last byte: " .. remove(myblob, -1)
 			:call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
 
 remove({dict}, {key})
 		Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key} and return it.
 		Example: >
-			:echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one")
+			:echo "removed " .. remove(dict, "one")
 <		If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
 
 rename({from}, {to})					*rename()*
@@ -6892,7 +6945,7 @@ screencol()							*screencol()*
 		column inside the command line, which is 1 when the command is
 		executed. To get the cursor position in the file use one of
 		the following mappings: >
-			nnoremap <expr> GG ":echom ".screencol()."\n"
+			nnoremap <expr> GG ":echom " .. screencol() .. "\n"
 			nnoremap <silent> GG :echom screencol()<CR>
 			nnoremap GG <Cmd>echom screencol()<CR>
 <
@@ -6916,6 +6969,8 @@ screenpos({winid}, {lnum}, {col})				*screenpos()*
 		as if 'conceallevel' is zero.  You can set the cursor to the
 		right position and use |screencol()| to get the value with
 		|conceal| taken into account.
+		If the position is in a closed fold the screen position of the
+		first character is returned, {col} is not used.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinid()->screenpos(lnum, col)
@@ -7014,7 +7069,7 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])
 		Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >
 		    :let n = 1
 		    :while n <= argc()	    " loop over all files in arglist
-		    :  exe "argument " . n
+		    :  exe "argument " .. n
 		    :  " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
 		    :  " first search to find match at start of file
 		    :  normal G$
@@ -7098,11 +7153,11 @@ searchcount([{options}])					*searchcount()*
 			  return printf(' /%s [%d/%d]', @/,
 			  \		result.current, result.total)
 			endfunction
-			let &statusline .= '%{LastSearchCount()}'
+			let &statusline ..= '%{LastSearchCount()}'
 
 			" Or if you want to show the count only when
 			" 'hlsearch' was on
-			" let &statusline .=
+			" let &statusline ..=
 			" \   '%{v:hlsearch ? LastSearchCount() : ""}'
 <
 		You can also update the search count, which can be useful in a
@@ -7897,7 +7952,7 @@ sha256({string})						*sha256()*
 shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		Escape {string} for use as a shell command argument.
 		When the 'shell' contains powershell (MS-Windows) or pwsh
-		(MS-Windows, Linux, and MacOS) then it will enclose {string}
+		(MS-Windows, Linux, and macOS) then it will enclose {string}
 		in single quotes and will double up all internal single
 		quotes.
 		On MS-Windows, when 'shellslash' is not set, it will enclose
@@ -7926,10 +7981,10 @@ shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		character inside single quotes.
 
 		Example of use with a |:!| command: >
-		    :exe '!dir ' . shellescape(expand('<cfile>'), 1)
+		    :exe '!dir ' .. shellescape(expand('<cfile>'), 1)
 <		This results in a directory listing for the file under the
 		cursor.  Example of use with |system()|: >
-		    :call system("chmod +w -- " . shellescape(expand("%")))
+		    :call system("chmod +w -- " .. shellescape(expand("%")))
 <		See also |::S|.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -8016,21 +8071,22 @@ slice({expr}, {start} [, {end}])			*slice()*
 			GetList()->slice(offset)
 
 
-sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
+sort({list} [, {how} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 		Sort the items in {list} in-place.  Returns {list}.
 
 		If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
 			:let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
 
-<		When {func} is omitted, is empty or zero, then sort() uses the
+<		When {how} is omitted or is an string, then sort() uses the
 		string representation of each item to sort on.  Numbers sort
 		after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.  For sorting text in the
 		current buffer use |:sort|.
 
-		When {func} is given and it is '1' or 'i' then case is
-		ignored.
+		When {how} is given and it is 'i' then case is ignored.
+		In legacy script, for backwards compatibility, the value one
+		can be used to ignore case.  Zero means to not ignore case.
 
-		When {func} is given and it is 'l' then the current collation
+		When {how} is given and it is 'l' then the current collation
 		locale is used for ordering. Implementation details: strcoll()
 		is used to compare strings. See |:language| check or set the
 		collation locale. |v:collate| can also be used to check the
@@ -8047,19 +8103,19 @@ sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 <			['n', 'o', 'O', 'p', 'z', 'ö'] ~
 		This does not work properly on Mac.
 
-		When {func} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
+		When {how} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
 		sorted numerical (Implementation detail: this uses the
 		strtod() function to parse numbers, Strings, Lists, Dicts and
 		Funcrefs will be considered as being 0).
 
-		When {func} is given and it is 'N' then all items will be
+		When {how} is given and it is 'N' then all items will be
 		sorted numerical. This is like 'n' but a string containing
 		digits will be used as the number they represent.
 
-		When {func} is given and it is 'f' then all items will be
+		When {how} is given and it is 'f' then all items will be
 		sorted numerical. All values must be a Number or a Float.
 
-		When {func} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
+		When {how} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
 		is called to compare items.  The function is invoked with two
 		items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 or
 		bigger if the first one sorts after the second one, -1 or
@@ -8142,8 +8198,7 @@ sound_playfile({path} [, {callback}])
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetSoundPath()->sound_playfile()
 
-<		There is no error *E538* , but  can listen to 538.nl.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+sound| feature}
+<		{only available when compiled with the |+sound| feature}
 
 
 sound_stop({id})					*sound_stop()*
@@ -8701,7 +8756,7 @@ substitute({string}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 		When {sub} starts with "\=", the remainder is interpreted as
 		an expression. See |sub-replace-expression|.  Example: >
 		   :echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)',
-			   \ '\=nr2char("0x" . submatch(1))', 'g')
+			   \ '\=nr2char("0x" .. submatch(1))', 'g')
 
 <		When {sub} is a Funcref that function is called, with one
 		optional argument.  Example: >
@@ -8709,7 +8764,7 @@ substitute({string}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 <		The optional argument is a list which contains the whole
 		matched string and up to nine submatches, like what
 		|submatch()| returns.  Example: >
-		   :echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)', {m -> '0x' . m[1]}, 'g')
+		   :echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)', {m -> '0x' .. m[1]}, 'g')
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetString()->substitute(pat, sub, flags)
@@ -8898,8 +8953,8 @@ system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
 		This is not to be used for interactive commands.
 
 		The result is a String.  Example: >
-		    :let files = system("ls " .  shellescape(expand('%:h')))
-		    :let files = system('ls ' . expand('%:h:S'))
+		    :let files = system('ls ' .. shellescape(expand('%:h')))
+		    :let files = system('ls ' .. expand('%:h:S'))
 
 <		To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
 		is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
@@ -9016,7 +9071,7 @@ taglist({expr} [, {filename}])				*taglist()*
 					entry depends on the language specific
 					kind values.  Only available when
 					using a tags file generated by
-					Exuberant ctags or hdrtag.
+					Universal/Exuberant ctags or hdrtag.
 			static		A file specific tag.  Refer to
 					|static-tag| for more information.
 		More entries may be present, depending on the content of the
@@ -9080,7 +9135,7 @@ tempname()					*tempname()* *temp-file-name*
 		doesn't exist.  It can be used for a temporary file.  The name
 		is different for at least 26 consecutive calls.  Example: >
 			:let tmpfile = tempname()
-			:exe "redir > " . tmpfile
+			:exe "redir > " .. tmpfile
 <		For Unix, the file will be in a private directory |tempfile|.
 		For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
 		option is set, or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-' and
@@ -9277,7 +9332,7 @@ trim({text} [, {mask} [, {dir}]])				*trim()*
 		Examples: >
 			echo trim("   some text ")
 <		returns "some text" >
-			echo trim("  \r\t\t\r RESERVE \t\n\x0B\xA0") . "_TAIL"
+			echo trim("  \r\t\t\r RESERVE \t\n\x0B\xA0") .. "_TAIL"
 <		returns "RESERVE_TAIL" >
 			echo trim("rm<Xrm<>X>rrm", "rm<>")
 <		returns "Xrm<>X" (characters in the middle are not removed) >
@@ -9468,7 +9523,7 @@ visualmode([{expr}])						*visualmode()*
 		character-wise, line-wise, or block-wise Visual mode
 		respectively.
 		Example: >
-			:exe "normal " . visualmode()
+			:exe "normal " .. visualmode()
 <		This enters the same Visual mode as before.  It is also useful
 		in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
 		Visual mode that was used.
@@ -9672,7 +9727,7 @@ winheight({nr})						*winheight()*
 		An existing window always has a height of zero or more.
 		This excludes any window toolbar line.
 		Examples: >
-  :echo "The current window has " . winheight(0) . " lines."
+  :echo "The current window has " .. winheight(0) .. " lines."
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinid()->winheight()
@@ -9813,7 +9868,7 @@ winwidth({nr})						*winwidth()*
 		returned.  When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
 		An existing window always has a width of zero or more.
 		Examples: >
-  :echo "The current window has " . winwidth(0) . " columns."
+  :echo "The current window has " .. winwidth(0) .. " columns."
   :if winwidth(0) <= 50
   :  50 wincmd |
   :endif
@@ -9985,7 +10040,7 @@ footer			Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
 fork			Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
 gettext			Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
 gui			Compiled with GUI enabled.
-gui_athena		Compiled with Athena GUI.
+gui_athena		Compiled with Athena GUI (always false).
 gui_gnome		Compiled with Gnome support (gui_gtk is also defined).
 gui_gtk			Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
 gui_gtk2		Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 04
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -614,9 +614,10 @@ attack or other people reading your file).  When Vim exits the directory and
 all files in it are deleted.  When Vim has the setuid bit set this may cause
 problems, the temp file is owned by the setuid user but the filter command
 probably runs as the original user.
-On MS-Windows the first of these directories that works is used: $TMP,
-$TEMP, c:\TMP, c:\TEMP.
-For Unix the list of directories is: $TMPDIR, /tmp, current-dir, $HOME.
+Directory for temporary files is created in the first of these directories
+that works:
+	Unix:    $TMPDIR, /tmp, current-dir, $HOME.
+	Windows: $TMP, $TEMP, c:\TMP, c:\TEMP
 For MS-Windows the GetTempFileName() system function is used.
 For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 
@@ -778,8 +779,8 @@ matched pattern is deleted.  The separator after {pattern} can also be left
 out then.  Example: >
 	:%s/TESTING
 This deletes "TESTING" from all lines, but only one per line.
-
-For compatibility with Vi these two exceptions are allowed:
+								*E1270*
+For compatibility with Vi these two exceptions are allowed in legacy script:
 "\/{string}/" and "\?{string}?" do the same as "//{string}/r".
 "\&{string}&" does the same as "//{string}/".
 				*pattern-delimiter* *E146* *E1241* *E1242*
@@ -946,7 +947,7 @@ Consider using a character like "@" or ":".  There is no problem if the result
 of the expression contains the separation character.
 
 Examples: >
-	:s@\n@\="\r" . expand("$HOME") . "\r"@
+	:s@\n@\="\r" .. expand("$HOME") .. "\r"@
 This replaces an end-of-line with a new line containing the value of $HOME. >
 
 	s/E/\="\<Char-0x20ac>"/g
@@ -1123,7 +1124,7 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			the command.  You need to escape the '|' and '"'
 			characters to prevent them from terminating the
 			command.  Example: >
-				:put ='path' . \",/test\"
+				:put ='path' .. \",/test\"
 <			If there is no expression after '=', Vim uses the
 			previous expression.  You can see it with ":dis =".
 

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 28
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ The Netbeans interface also uses a channel. |netbeans|
 12. Job options				|job-options|
 13. Controlling a job			|job-control|
 14. Using a prompt buffer		|prompt-buffer|
+15. Language Server Protocol		|language-server-protocol|
 
 {only when compiled with the |+channel| feature for channel stuff}
 	You can check this with: `has('channel')`
@@ -53,6 +54,7 @@ RAW	nothing known, Vim cannot tell where a message ends
 NL	every message ends in a NL (newline) character
 JSON	JSON encoding |json_encode()|
 JS	JavaScript style JSON-like encoding |js_encode()|
+LSP	Language Server Protocol encoding |language-server-protocol|
 
 Common combination are:
 - Using a job connected through pipes in NL mode.  E.g., to run a style
@@ -91,7 +93,7 @@ And you should see the message in Vim. You can move the cursor a word forward:
 
 To handle asynchronous communication a callback needs to be used: >
 	func MyHandler(channel, msg)
-	  echo "from the handler: " . a:msg
+	  echo "from the handler: " .. a:msg
 	endfunc
 	call ch_sendexpr(channel, 'hello!', {'callback': "MyHandler"})
 Vim will not wait for a response.  Now the server can send the response later
@@ -118,10 +120,13 @@ To open a channel: >
 
 Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
 
-{address} has the form "hostname:port".  E.g., "localhost:8765".
-
-When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.  E.g.,
-"[2001:db8::1]:8765".
+					*channel-address*
+{address} can be a domain name or an IP address, followed by a port number, or
+a Unix-domain socket path prefixed by "unix:".  E.g. >
+    www.example.com:80   " domain + port
+    127.0.0.1:1234       " IPv4 + port
+    [2001:db8::1]:8765   " IPv6 + port
+    unix:/tmp/my-socket  " Unix-domain socket path
 
 {options} is a dictionary with optional entries:	*channel-open-options*
 
@@ -130,18 +135,19 @@ When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.  E.g.,
 	"js"   - Use JS (JavaScript) encoding, more efficient than JSON.
 	"nl"   - Use messages that end in a NL character
 	"raw"  - Use raw messages
+	"lsp"  - Use language server protocol encoding
 						*channel-callback* *E921*
 "callback"	A function that is called when a message is received that is
 		not handled otherwise (e.g. a JSON message with ID zero).  It
 		gets two arguments: the channel and the received message.
 		Example: >
 	func Handle(channel, msg)
-	  echo 'Received: ' . a:msg
+	  echo 'Received: ' .. a:msg
 	endfunc
 	let channel = ch_open("localhost:8765", {"callback": "Handle"})
 <
-		When "mode" is "json" or "js" the "msg" argument is the body
-		of the received message, converted to Vim types.
+		When "mode" is "json" or "js" or "lsp" the "msg" argument is
+		the body of the received message, converted to Vim types.
 		When "mode" is "nl" the "msg" argument is one message,
 		excluding the NL.
 		When "mode" is "raw" the "msg" argument is the whole message
@@ -165,7 +171,19 @@ When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.  E.g.,
 		to check for messages, the close_cb may be invoked while still
 		in the callback.  The plugin must handle this somehow, it can
 		be useful to know that no more data is coming.
-							*channel-drop*
+		If it is not known if there is a message to be read, use a
+		try/catch block: >
+			try
+			  let msg = ch_readraw(a:channel)
+			catch
+			  let msg = 'no message'
+			endtry
+			try
+			  let err = ch_readraw(a:channel, #{part: 'err'})
+			catch
+			  let err = 'no error'
+			endtry
+<							*channel-drop*
 "drop"		Specifies when to drop messages:
 		    "auto"	When there is no callback to handle a message.
 				The "close_cb" is also considered for this.
@@ -407,6 +425,7 @@ To send a message, without expecting a response: >
 The process can send back a response, the channel handler will be called with
 it.
 
+						*channel-onetime-callback*
 To send a message and letting the response handled by a specific function,
 asynchronously: >
     call ch_sendraw(channel, {string}, {'callback': 'MyHandler'})
@@ -443,7 +462,7 @@ to check if there is something to read.
 Note that when there is no callback, messages are dropped.  To avoid that add
 a close callback to the channel.
 
-To read all output from a RAW channel that is available: >
+To read all normal output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel)
 To read the error output: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel, {"part": "err"})
@@ -503,6 +522,7 @@ ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
 		according to the type of channel.  The function cannot be used
 		with a raw channel.  See |channel-use|.
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		When using the "lsp" channel mode, {expr} must be a |Dict|.
 								*E917*
 		{options} must be a Dictionary.  It must not have a "callback"
 		entry.  It can have a "timeout" entry to specify the timeout
@@ -510,7 +530,8 @@ ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
 
 		ch_evalexpr() waits for a response and returns the decoded
 		expression.  When there is an error or timeout it returns an
-		empty string.
+		empty |String| or, when using the "lsp" channel mode, returns an
+		empty |Dict|.
 
 		Note that while waiting for the response, Vim handles other
 		messages.  You need to make sure this doesn't cause trouble.
@@ -564,10 +585,15 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 		When opened with ch_open():
 		   "hostname"	  the hostname of the address
 		   "port"	  the port of the address
+		   "path"	  the path of the Unix-domain socket
 		   "sock_status"  "open" or "closed"
 		   "sock_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
 		   "sock_io"	  "socket"
 		   "sock_timeout" timeout in msec
+
+		Note that "path" is only present for Unix-domain sockets, for
+		regular ones "hostname" and "port" are present instead.
+
 		When opened with job_start():
 		   "out_status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed"
 		   "out_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
@@ -578,7 +604,7 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 		   "err_io"	  "out", "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
 		   "err_timeout"  timeout in msec
 		   "in_status"	  "open" or "closed"
-		   "in_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "in_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON", "JS" or "LSP"
 		   "in_io"	  "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
 		   "in_timeout"	  timeout in msec
 
@@ -610,8 +636,8 @@ ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 		is going on in real time.
 
 		To enable the log very early, to see what is received from a
-		terminal during startup, use |--cmd|: >
-			vim --cmd "call ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')"
+		terminal during startup, use |--log|: >
+			vim --log logfile
 <
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		NOTE: the channel communication is stored in the file, be
@@ -626,11 +652,8 @@ ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		Open a channel to {address}.  See |channel|.
 		Returns a Channel.  Use |ch_status()| to check for failure.
 
-		{address} is a String and has the form "hostname:port", e.g.,
-		"localhost:8765".
-
-		When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.
-		E.g., "[2001:db8::1]:8765".
+		{address} is a String, see |channel-address| for the possible
+		accepted forms.
 
 		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
 		See |channel-open-options|.
@@ -674,6 +697,17 @@ ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
 		with a raw channel.
 		See |channel-use|.				*E912*
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		When using the "lsp" channel mode, {expr} must be a |Dict|.
+
+		If the channel mode is "lsp", then returns a Dict. Otherwise
+		returns an empty String.  If the "callback" item is present in
+		{options}, then the returned Dict contains the ID of the
+		request message.  The ID can be used to send a cancellation
+		request to the LSP server (if needed).  Returns an empty Dict
+		on error.
+
+		If a response message is not expected for {expr}, then don't
+		specify the "callback" item in {options}.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_sendexpr(expr)
@@ -1288,18 +1322,18 @@ prompt. >
 	" Create a channel log so we can see what happens.
 	call ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')
 
-	" Function handling a line of text has been typed.
+	" Function handling a line of text that has been typed.
 	func TextEntered(text)
 	  " Send the text to a shell with Enter appended.
 	  call ch_sendraw(g:shell_job, a:text .. "\n")
 	endfunc
 
-	" Function handling output from the shell: Added above the prompt.
+	" Function handling output from the shell: Add it above the prompt.
 	func GotOutput(channel, msg)
-	  call append(line("$") - 1, "- " . a:msg)
+	  call append(line("$") - 1, "- " .. a:msg)
 	endfunc
 
-	" Function handling the shell exist: close the window.
+	" Function handling the shell exits: close the window.
 	func JobExit(job, status)
 	  quit!
 	endfunc
@@ -1310,7 +1344,6 @@ prompt. >
 		\ err_cb: function('GotOutput'),
 		\ exit_cb: function('JobExit'),
 		\ })
-	let shell_ch = job_getchannel(shell_job)
 
 	new
 	set buftype=prompt
@@ -1321,6 +1354,231 @@ prompt. >
 	" start accepting shell commands
 	startinsert
 <
+The same in |Vim9| script: >
 
+	vim9script
+
+	# Create a channel log so we can see what happens.
+	ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')
+
+	var shell_job: job
+
+	# Function handling a line of text that has been typed.
+	def TextEntered(text: string)
+	  # Send the text to a shell with Enter appended.
+	  ch_sendraw(shell_job, text .. "\n")
+	enddef
+
+	# Function handling output from the shell: Add it above the prompt.
+	def GotOutput(channel: channel, msg: string)
+	  append(line("$") - 1, "- " .. msg)
+	enddef
+
+	# Function handling the shell exits: close the window.
+	def JobExit(job: job, status: number)
+	  quit!
+	enddef
+
+	# Start a shell in the background.
+	shell_job = job_start(["/bin/sh"], {
+				 out_cb: GotOutput,
+				 err_cb: GotOutput,
+				 exit_cb: JobExit,
+				 })
+
+	new
+	set buftype=prompt
+	var buf = bufnr('')
+	prompt_setcallback(buf, TextEntered)
+	prompt_setprompt(buf, "shell command: ")
+
+	# start accepting shell commands
+	startinsert
+
+==============================================================================
+15. Language Server Protocol			*language-server-protocol*
+
+The language server protocol specification is available at:
+
+    https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/specification
+
+Each LSP protocol message starts with a simple HTTP header followed by the
+payload encoded in JSON-RPC format.  This is described in:
+
+    https://www.jsonrpc.org/specification
+
+To encode and send a LSP request/notification message in a Vim |Dict| into a
+LSP JSON-RPC message and to receive and decode a LSP JSON-RPC
+response/notification message into a Vim |Dict|, connect to the LSP server
+with the |channel-mode| set to "lsp".
+
+For messages received on a channel with |channel-mode| set to "lsp", Vim will
+process the HTTP header and decode the JSON-RPC payload into a Vim |Dict| type
+and call the |channel-callback| function or the specified
+|channel-onetime-callback| function.  When sending messages on a channel using
+the |ch_evalexpr()| or |ch_sendexpr()| functions, Vim will add the HTTP header
+and encode the Vim expression into JSON.  Refer to |json_encode()| and
+|json_decode()| for more information about how Vim encodes and decodes the
+builtin types into JSON.
+
+To open a channel using the 'lsp' mode, set the 'mode' item in the |ch_open()|
+{options} argument to 'lsp'.  Example: >
+
+    let ch = ch_open(..., #{mode: 'lsp'})
+
+To open a channel using the 'lsp' mode with a job, set the 'in_mode' and
+'out_mode' items in the |job_start()| {options} argument to 'lsp'. Example: >
+
+    let cmd = ['clangd', '--background-index', '--clang-tidy']
+    let opts = {}
+    let opts.in_mode = 'lsp'
+    let opts.out_mode = 'lsp'
+    let opts.err_mode = 'nl'
+    let opts.out_cb = function('LspOutCallback')
+    let opts.err_cb = function('LspErrCallback')
+    let opts.exit_cb = function('LspExitCallback')
+    let job = job_start(cmd, opts)
+
+Note that if a job outputs LSP messages on stdout and non-LSP messages on
+stderr, then the channel-callback function should handle both the message
+formats appropriately or you should use a separate callback function for
+"out_cb" and "err_cb" to handle them as shown above.
+
+To synchronously send a JSON-RPC request to the server, use the
+|ch_evalexpr()| function. This function will wait and return the decoded
+response message from the server. You can use either the |channel-timeout| or
+the 'timeout' field in the {options} argument to control the response wait
+time.  If the request times out, then an empty |Dict| is returned.  Example: >
+
+    let req = {}
+    let req.method = 'textDocument/definition'
+    let req.params = {}
+    let req.params.textDocument = #{uri: 'a.c'}
+    let req.params.position = #{line: 10, character: 3}
+    let defs = ch_evalexpr(ch, req, #{timeout: 100})
+    if defs->empty()
+        ... <handle failure>
+    endif
+
+Note that in the request message the 'id' field should not be specified. If it
+is specified, then Vim will overwrite the value with an internally generated
+identifier.  Vim currently supports only a number type for the 'id' field.
+The callback function will be invoked for both a successful and a failed RPC
+request.
+
+To send a JSON-RPC request to the server and asynchronously process the
+response, use the |ch_sendexpr()| function and supply a callback function.  If
+the "id" field is present in the request message, then Vim will overwrite it
+with an internally generated number.  This function returns a Dict with the
+identifier used for the message.  This can be used to send cancellation
+request to the LSP server (if needed).  Example: >
+
+    let req = {}
+    let req.method = 'textDocument/hover'
+    let req.id = 200
+    let req.params = {}
+    let req.params.textDocument = #{uri: 'a.c'}
+    let req.params.position = #{line: 10, character: 3}
+    let resp = ch_sendexpr(ch, req, #{callback: 'HoverFunc'})
+
+To cancel an outstanding asynchronous LSP request sent to the server using the
+|ch_sendexpr()| function, send a cancelation message to the server using the
+|ch_sendexpr()| function with the ID returned by the |ch_sendexpr()| function
+for the request.  Example: >
+
+    " send a completion request
+    let req = {}
+    let req.method = 'textDocument/completion'
+    let req.params = {}
+    let req.params.textDocument = #{uri: 'a.c'}
+    let req.params.position = #{line: 10, character: 3}
+    let reqstatus = ch_sendexpr(ch, req, #{callback: 'LspComplete'})
+    " send a cancellation notification
+    let notif = {}
+    let notif.method = '$/cancelRequest'
+    let notif.id = reqstatus.id
+    call ch_sendexpr(ch, notif)
+
+To send a JSON-RPC notification message to the server, use the |ch_sendexpr()|
+function. As the server will not send a response message to the notification,
+don't specify the "callback" item.  Example: >
+
+    call ch_sendexpr(ch, #{method: 'initialized'})
+
+To respond to a JSON-RPC request message from the server, use the
+|ch_sendexpr()| function.  In the response message, copy the 'id' field value
+from the server request message. Example: >
+
+    let resp = {}
+    let resp.id = req.id
+    let resp.result = 1
+    call ch_sendexpr(ch, resp)
+
+The JSON-RPC notification messages from the server are delivered through the
+|channel-callback| function.
+
+Depending on the use case, you can use the ch_evalexpr(), ch_sendexpr() and
+ch_sendraw() functions on the same channel.
+
+A LSP request message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP reponse message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"result" and "error" fields are optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"result": <vim type>
+	"error": <dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP notification message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).
+The "params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
+
+Depending on the use case, you can use the ch_evalexpr(), ch_sendexpr() and
+ch_sendraw() functions on the same channel.
+
+A LSP request message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP reponse message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"result" and "error" fields are optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"result": <vim type>
+	"error": <dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP notification message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).
+The "params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 04
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ CTRL-\ e {expr}						*c_CTRL-\_e*
 		Example: >
 			:cmap <F7> <C-\>eAppendSome()<CR>
 			:func AppendSome()
-			   :let cmd = getcmdline() . " Some()"
+			   :let cmd = getcmdline() .. " Some()"
 			   :" place the cursor on the )
 			   :call setcmdpos(strlen(cmd))
 			   :return cmd
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498*
 		   When executing a legacy function, is replaced with the call
 		   stack, as with <stack> (this is for backwards
-		   compatibility, using <stack> is preferred).
+		   compatibility, using <stack> or <script> is preferred).
 		   In Vim9 script using <sfile> in a function gives error
 		   *E1245* .
 		   Note that filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is
@@ -951,6 +951,12 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   ".." in between items.  E.g.:
 		   "function {function-name1}[{lnum}]..{function-name2}[{lnum}]"
 		   If there is no call stack you get error *E489* .
+							*:<script>* *<script>*
+	<script>   When executing a `:source` command, is replaced with the file
+		   name of the sourced file.  When executing a function, is
+		   replaced with the file name of the script where it is
+		   defined.
+		   If the file name cannot be determined you get error *E1274* .
 							*:<slnum>* *<slnum>*
 	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   line number.  *E842*

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -382,13 +382,13 @@ Example (this does almost the same as 'diffexpr' being empty): >
 	function MyDiff()
 	   let opt = ""
 	   if &diffopt =~ "icase"
-	     let opt = opt . "-i "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-i "
 	   endif
 	   if &diffopt =~ "iwhite"
-	     let opt = opt . "-b "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-b "
 	   endif
-	   silent execute "!diff -a --binary " . opt . v:fname_in . " " . v:fname_new .
-		\  " > " . v:fname_out
+	   silent execute "!diff -a --binary " .. opt .. v:fname_in .. " " .. v:fname_new ..
+		\  " > " .. v:fname_out
 	   redraw!
 	endfunction
 
@@ -445,8 +445,8 @@ Example (this does the same as 'patchexpr' being empty): >
 
 	set patchexpr=MyPatch()
 	function MyPatch()
-	   :call system("patch -o " . v:fname_out . " " . v:fname_in .
-	   \  " < " . v:fname_diff)
+	   :call system("patch -o " .. v:fname_out .. " " .. v:fname_in ..
+	   \  " < " .. v:fname_diff)
 	endfunction
 
 Make sure that using the "patch" program doesn't have unwanted side effects.

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 04
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ If you want to keep the changed buffer without saving it, switch on the
 			Edit {file} always.  Discard any changes to the
 			current buffer.
 			Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
-
+							*:edit_#* *:e#*
 :e[dit] [++opt] [+cmd] #[count]
 			Edit the [count]th buffer (as shown by |:files|).
 			This command does the same as [count] CTRL-^.  But ":e
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ as a wildcard when "[" is in the 'isfname' option.  A simple way to avoid this
 is to use "path\[[]abc]", this matches the file "path\[abc]".
 
 					*starstar-wildcard*
-Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, Mac OS/X and a few other systems.
+Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, macOS and a few other systems.
 This allows searching a directory tree.  This goes up to 100 directories deep.
 Note there are some commands where this works slightly differently, see
 |file-searching|.
@@ -444,9 +444,10 @@ does apply like to other wildcards.
 
 Environment variables in the expression are expanded when evaluating the
 expression, thus this works: >
-	:e `=$HOME . '/.vimrc'`
-This does not work, $HOME is inside a string and used literally: >
-	:e `='$HOME' . '/.vimrc'`
+	:e `=$HOME .. '/.vimrc'`
+This uses $HOME inside a string and it will be used literally, most likely not
+what you intended: >
+	:e `='$HOME' .. '/.vimrc'`
 
 If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
 breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a name.  Line
@@ -1224,7 +1225,7 @@ Examples: >
 
 If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.
 
-			*:browse* *:bro* *E338* *E614* *E615* *E616*
+			*:browse* *:bro* *E338*
 :bro[wse] {command}	Open a file selection dialog for an argument to
 			{command}.  At present this works for |:e|, |:w|,
 			|:wall|, |:wq|, |:wqall|, |:x|, |:xall|, |:exit|,
@@ -1235,7 +1236,7 @@ If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.
 			|:diffsplit|, |:diffpatch|, |:open|, |:pedit|,
 			|:redir|, |:source|, |:update|, |:visual|, |:vsplit|,
 			and |:qall| if 'confirm' is set.
-			{only in Win32, Athena, Motif, GTK and Mac GUI, in
+			{only in Win32, Motif, GTK and Mac GUI, in
 			console `browse edit` works if the FileExplorer
 			autocommand group exists}
 			When ":browse" is not possible you get an error
@@ -1694,8 +1695,8 @@ session or with another command (e.g., a filter command).  Then you will know
 which version of the file you want to keep.
 
 The accuracy of the time check depends on the filesystem.  On Unix it is
-usually sub-second.  With old file sytems and on MS-Windows it is normally one
-second.  Use has('nanotime') check if sub-second time stamp checks are
+usually sub-second.  With old file systems and on MS-Windows it is normally one
+second.  Use `has('nanotime')` to check if sub-second time stamp checks are
 available.
 
 There is one situation where you get the message while there is nothing wrong:

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 04
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ You will not get an error if you try to change the type of a variable.
 
 
 1.2 Function references ~
-				*Funcref* *E695* *E718* *E1086* *E1192*
+				*Funcref* *E695* *E718* *E1192*
 A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function, the |funcref()|
 function or created with the lambda expression |expr-lambda|.  It can be used
 in an expression in the place of a function name, before the parenthesis
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ position in the sequence.
 
 List creation ~
 							*E696* *E697*
-A List is created with a comma separated list of items in square brackets.
+A List is created with a comma-separated list of items in square brackets.
 Examples: >
 	:let mylist = [1, two, 3, "four"]
 	:let emptylist = []
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ It is also possible to put remaining items in a List variable: >
 	:for [i, j; rest] in listlist
 	:   call Doit(i, j)
 	:   if !empty(rest)
-	:      echo "remainder: " . string(rest)
+	:      echo "remainder: " .. string(rest)
 	:   endif
 	:endfor
 
@@ -498,11 +498,11 @@ Functions that are useful with a List: >
 	:let list = split("a b c")	" create list from items in a string
 	:let string = join(list, ', ')	" create string from list items
 	:let s = string(list)		" String representation of list
-	:call map(list, '">> " . v:val')  " prepend ">> " to each item
+	:call map(list, '">> " .. v:val')  " prepend ">> " to each item
 
 Don't forget that a combination of features can make things simple.  For
 example, to add up all the numbers in a list: >
-	:exe 'let sum = ' . join(nrlist, '+')
+	:exe 'let sum = ' .. join(nrlist, '+')
 
 
 1.4 Dictionaries ~
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ ordering.
 
 Dictionary creation ~
 						*E720* *E721* *E722* *E723*
-A Dictionary is created with a comma separated list of entries in curly
+A Dictionary is created with a comma-separated list of entries in curly
 braces.  Each entry has a key and a value, separated by a colon.  Each key can
 only appear once.  Examples: >
 	:let mydict = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'}
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ turn the Dictionary into a List and pass it to |:for|.
 
 Most often you want to loop over the keys, using the |keys()| function: >
 	:for key in keys(mydict)
-	:   echo key . ': ' . mydict[key]
+	:   echo key .. ': ' .. mydict[key]
 	:endfor
 
 The List of keys is unsorted.  You may want to sort them first: >
@@ -576,13 +576,13 @@ The List of keys is unsorted.  You may want to sort them first: >
 
 To loop over the values use the |values()| function:  >
 	:for v in values(mydict)
-	:   echo "value: " . v
+	:   echo "value: " .. v
 	:endfor
 
 If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function.  It returns
 a List in which each item is a List with two items, the key and the value: >
 	:for [key, value] in items(mydict)
-	:   echo key . ': ' . value
+	:   echo key .. ': ' .. value
 	:endfor
 
 
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ Functions that can be used with a Dictionary: >
 	:let small = min(dict)		" minimum value in dict
 	:let xs = count(dict, 'x')	" count nr of times 'x' appears in dict
 	:let s = string(dict)		" String representation of dict
-	:call map(dict, '">> " . v:val')  " prepend ">> " to each item
+	:call map(dict, '">> " .. v:val')  " prepend ">> " to each item
 
 
 1.5 Blobs ~
@@ -921,13 +921,13 @@ Expression nesting is limited to 1000 levels deep (300 when build with MSVC)
 to avoid running out of stack and crashing. *E1169*
 
 
-expr1				*expr1* *trinary* *falsy-operator* *??* *E109*
+expr1				*expr1* *ternary* *falsy-operator* *??* *E109*
 -----
 
-The trinary operator: expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
+The ternary operator: expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
 The falsy operator:   expr2 ?? expr1
 
-Trinary operator ~
+Ternary operator ~
 
 In legacy script the expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number.  If
 it evaluates to |TRUE|, the result is the value of the expression between the
@@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ And NOT: >
 	-(1.234->string())
 
 What comes after "->" can be a name, a simple expression (not containing any
-parenthesis), or any expression in parenthesis: >
+parenthesis), or any expression in parentheses: >
 	base->name(args)
 	base->some.name(args)
 	base->alist[idx](args)
@@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ option						*expr-option* *E112* *E113*
 &l:option		local option value
 
 Examples: >
-	echo "tabstop is " . &tabstop
+	echo "tabstop is " .. &tabstop
 	if &insertmode
 
 Any option name can be used here.  See |options|.  When using the local value
@@ -1820,7 +1820,7 @@ maintain a counter: >
 	  echo "script executed for the first time"
 	else
 	  let s:counter = s:counter + 1
-	  echo "script executed " . s:counter . " times now"
+	  echo "script executed " .. s:counter .. " times now"
 	endif
 
 Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
@@ -1834,6 +1834,7 @@ Some variables can be set by the user, but the type cannot be changed.
 					*v:argv* *argv-variable*
 v:argv		The command line arguments Vim was invoked with.  This is a
 		list of strings.  The first item is the Vim command.
+		See |v:progpath| for the command with full path.
 
 					*v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
 v:beval_col	The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
@@ -1955,7 +1956,7 @@ v:completed_item
 					*v:count* *count-variable*
 v:count		The count given for the last Normal mode command.  Can be used
 		to get the count before a mapping.  Read-only.  Example: >
-	:map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR>
+	:map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " .. v:count<CR>
 <		Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you
 		get when typing ':' after a count.
 		When there are two counts, as in "3d2w", they are multiplied,
@@ -2182,7 +2183,8 @@ v:lnum		Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr|, 'formatexpr' and
 
 						*v:maxcol* *maxcol-variable*
 v:maxcol	Maximum line length.  Depending on where it is used it can be
-		screen columns, characters or bytes.
+		screen columns, characters or bytes.  The value currently is
+		2147483647 on all systems.
 
 					*v:mouse_win* *mouse_win-variable*
 v:mouse_win	Window number for a mouse click obtained with |getchar()|.
@@ -2214,6 +2216,8 @@ v:none		An empty String. Used to put an empty item in JSON.  See
 <			v:none ~
 		That is so that eval() can parse the string back to the same
 		value.  Read-only.
+		Note that using `== v:none` and `!= v:none`  will often give
+		an error.  Instead, use `is v:none` and `isnot v:none` .
 
 					*v:null* *null-variable*
 v:null		An empty String. Used to put "null" in JSON.  See
@@ -2224,7 +2228,10 @@ v:null		An empty String. Used to put "null" in JSON.  See
 <			v:null ~
 		That is so that eval() can parse the string back to the same
 		value.  Read-only.
-		In |Vim9| script "null" can be used without "v:".
+		In |Vim9| script `null` can be used without "v:".
+		In some places `v:null` and `null` can be used for a List,
+		Dict, Job, etc. that is not set.  That is slightly different
+		than an empty List, Dict, etc.
 
 					*v:numbermax* *numbermax-variable*
 v:numbermax	Maximum value of a number.
@@ -2828,9 +2835,9 @@ Example: >
   :  echohl Title
   :  echo a:title
   :  echohl None
-  :  echo a:0 . " items:"
+  :  echo a:0 .. " items:"
   :  for s in a:000
-  :    echon ' ' . s
+  :    echon ' ' .. s
   :  endfor
   :endfunction
 
@@ -2873,7 +2880,7 @@ This function can then be called with: >
 		this works:
 						*function-range-example*  >
 	:function Mynumber(arg)
-	:  echo line(".") . " " . a:arg
+	:  echo line(".") .. " " .. a:arg
 	:endfunction
 	:1,5call Mynumber(getline("."))
 <
@@ -2884,7 +2891,7 @@ This function can then be called with: >
 		Example of a function that handles the range itself: >
 
 	:function Cont() range
-	:  execute (a:firstline + 1) . "," . a:lastline . 's/^/\t\\ '
+	:  execute (a:firstline + 1) .. "," .. a:lastline .. 's/^/\t\\ '
 	:endfunction
 	:4,8call Cont()
 <
@@ -3001,8 +3008,9 @@ Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
 other and vice versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
 Avoid using the autoload functionality at the toplevel.
 
-In |Vim9| script you will get error *E1263* if you use a function name with a
-"#" character when not in an autoload script.
+In |Vim9| script you will get error *E1263* if you define a function with
+a "#" character in the name.  You should use a name without "#" and use
+`:export`.
 
 Hint: If you distribute a bunch of scripts you can pack them together with the
 |vimball| utility.  Also read the user manual |distribute-script|.
@@ -3075,7 +3083,7 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 			This cannot be used to add an item to a |List|.
 			This cannot be used to set a byte in a String.  You
 			can do that like this: >
-				:let var = var[0:2] . 'X' . var[4:]
+				:let var = var[0:2] .. 'X' .. var[4:]
 <			When {var-name} is a |Blob| then {idx} can be the
 			length of the blob, in which case one byte is
 			appended.
@@ -3145,7 +3153,7 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 			is just like using the |:set| command: both the local
 			value and the global value are changed.
 			Example: >
-				:let &path = &path . ',/usr/local/include'
+				:let &path = &path .. ',/usr/local/include'
 <			This also works for terminal codes in the form t_xx.
 			But only for alphanumerical names.  Example: >
 				:let &t_k1 = "\<Esc>[234;"
@@ -3216,14 +3224,30 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 
 						*:let=<<* *:let-heredoc*
 					*E990* *E991* *E172* *E221* *E1145*
-:let {var-name} =<< [trim] {endmarker}
+:let {var-name} =<< [trim] [eval] {endmarker}
 text...
 text...
 {endmarker}
 			Set internal variable {var-name} to a |List|
 			containing the lines of text bounded by the string
-			{endmarker}. The lines of text is used as a
-			|literal-string|.
+			{endmarker}.
+
+			If "eval" is not specified, then each line of text is
+			used as a |literal-string|.  If "eval" is specified,
+			then any Vim expression in the form ``={expr}`` is
+			evaluated and the result replaces the expression.
+			Example where $HOME is expanded: >
+				let lines =<< trim eval END
+				  some text
+				  See the file `=$HOME`/.vimrc
+				  more text
+				END
+<			There can be multiple Vim expressions in a single line
+			but an expression cannot span multiple lines.  If any
+			expression evaluation fails, then the assignment fails.
+			once the "`=" has been found {expr} and a backtick
+			must follow.  {expr} cannot be empty.
+
 			{endmarker} must not contain white space.
 			{endmarker} cannot start with a lower case character.
 			The last line should end only with the {endmarker}
@@ -3273,6 +3297,13 @@ text...
 					1 2 3 4
 					5 6 7 8
 				DATA
+
+				let code =<< trim eval CODE
+				   let v = `=10 + 20`
+				   let h = "`=$HOME`"
+				   let s = "`=Str1()` abc `=Str2()`"
+				   let n = `=MyFunc(3, 4)`
+				CODE
 <
 								*E121*
 :let {var-name}	..	List the value of variable {var-name}.  Multiple
@@ -3421,14 +3452,17 @@ text...
 			opposite of |:lockvar|.
 
 :if {expr1}			*:if* *:end* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
-:en[dif]		Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
-			or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
+:en[dif]		Execute the commands until the next matching `:else`
+			or `:endif` if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
+			Although the short forms work, it is recommended to
+			always use `:endif` to avoid confusion and to make
+			auto-indenting work properly.
 
 			From Vim version 4.5 until 5.0, every Ex command in
-			between the ":if" and ":endif" is ignored.  These two
+			between the `:if` and `:endif` is ignored.  These two
 			commands were just to allow for future expansions in a
 			backward compatible way.  Nesting was allowed.  Note
-			that any ":else" or ":elseif" was ignored, the "else"
+			that any `:else` or `:elseif` was ignored, the `else`
 			part was not executed either.
 
 			You can use this to remain compatible with older
@@ -3437,32 +3471,38 @@ text...
 				:  version-5-specific-commands
 				:endif
 <			The commands still need to be parsed to find the
-			"endif".  Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
-			new command.  For example, ":silent" is recognized as
-			a ":substitute" command.  In that case ":execute" can
+			`endif`.  Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
+			new command.  For example, `:silent` is recognized as
+			a `:substitute` command.  In that case `:execute` can
 			avoid problems: >
 				:if version >= 600
 				:  execute "silent 1,$delete"
 				:endif
 <
-			NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
-			properly in between ":if" and ":endif".
+			In |Vim9| script `:endif` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
+			NOTE: The `:append` and `:insert` commands don't work
+			properly in between `:if` and `:endif`.
 
 						*:else* *:el* *E581* *E583*
-:el[se]			Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
-			or ":endif" if they previously were not being
+:el[se]			Execute the commands until the next matching `:else`
+			or `:endif` if they previously were not being
 			executed.
+			In |Vim9| script `:else` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
 
 					*:elseif* *:elsei* *E582* *E584*
-:elsei[f] {expr1}	Short for ":else" ":if", with the addition that there
-			is no extra ":endif".
+:elsei[f] {expr1}	Short for `:else` `:if`, with the addition that there
+			is no extra `:endif`.
+			In |Vim9| script `:elseif` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
 
 :wh[ile] {expr1}			*:while* *:endwhile* *:wh* *:endw*
 						*E170* *E585* *E588* *E733*
-:endw[hile]		Repeat the commands between ":while" and ":endwhile",
+:endw[hile]		Repeat the commands between `:while` and `:endwhile`,
 			as long as {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
 			When an error is detected from a command inside the
-			loop, execution continues after the "endwhile".
+			loop, execution continues after the `endwhile`.
 			Example: >
 				:let lnum = 1
 				:while lnum <= line("$")
@@ -3470,12 +3510,14 @@ text...
 				   :let lnum = lnum + 1
 				:endwhile
 <
-			NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
-			properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop.
+			In |Vim9| script `:while`  and `:endwhile` cannot be
+			shortened, to improve script readability.
+			NOTE: The `:append` and `:insert` commands don't work
+			properly inside a `:while` and `:for` loop.
 
 :for {var} in {object}					*:for* *E690* *E732*
 :endfo[r]						*:endfo* *:endfor*
-			Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for
+			Repeat the commands between `:for` and `:endfor` for
 			each item in {object}.  {object} can be a |List| or
 			a |Blob|. *E1177*
 
@@ -3485,7 +3527,7 @@ text...
 			global/window/tab/buffer variable.
 
 			When an error is detected for a command inside the
-			loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
+			loop, execution continues after the `endfor`.
 			Changing {object} inside the loop affects what items
 			are used.  Make a copy if this is unwanted: >
 				:for item in copy(mylist)
@@ -3510,9 +3552,12 @@ text...
 			iterate over.  Unlike with |List|, modifying the
 			|Blob| does not affect the iteration.
 
+			In |Vim9| script `:endfor` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
+
 :for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
 :endfo[r]							*E1140*
-			Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
+			Like `:for` above, but each item in {listlist} must be
 			a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1},
 			{var2}, etc.  Example: >
 				:for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 5], [3, 8]]
@@ -3520,39 +3565,44 @@ text...
 				:endfor
 <
 						*:continue* *:con* *E586*
-:con[tinue]		When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, jumps back
+:con[tinue]		When used inside a `:while` or `:for` loop, jumps back
 			to the start of the loop.
-			If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
-			before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
-			commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
-			|:endtry| are executed first.  This process applies to
-			all nested ":try"s inside the loop.  The outermost
-			":endtry" then jumps back to the start of the loop.
+			If it is used after a `:try` inside the loop but
+			before the matching `:finally` (if present), the
+			commands following the `:finally` up to the matching
+			`:endtry` are executed first.  This process applies to
+			all nested `:try`s inside the loop.  The outermost
+			`:endtry` then jumps back to the start of the loop.
 
+			In |Vim9| script `:cont` is the shortest form, to
+			improve script readability.
 						*:break* *:brea* *E587*
-:brea[k]		When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, skips to
-			the command after the matching ":endwhile" or
-			":endfor".
-			If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
-			before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
-			commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
-			|:endtry| are executed first.  This process applies to
-			all nested ":try"s inside the loop.  The outermost
-			":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop.
+:brea[k]		When used inside a `:while` or `:for` loop, skips to
+			the command after the matching `:endwhile` or
+			`:endfor`.
+			If it is used after a `:try` inside the loop but
+			before the matching `:finally` (if present), the
+			commands following the `:finally` up to the matching
+			`:endtry` are executed first.  This process applies to
+			all nested `:try`s inside the loop.  The outermost
+			`:endtry` then jumps to the command after the loop.
+
+			In |Vim9| script `:break` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
 
 :try						*:try* *:endt* *:endtry*
 						*E600* *E601* *E602* *E1032*
 :endt[ry]		Change the error handling for the commands between
-			":try" and ":endtry" including everything being
-			executed across ":source" commands, function calls,
+			`:try` and `:endtry` including everything being
+			executed across `:source` commands, function calls,
 			or autocommand invocations.
 
 			When an error or interrupt is detected and there is
-			a |:finally| command following, execution continues
-			after the ":finally".  Otherwise, or when the
-			":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
-			(dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
-			a corresponding ":finally" etc.  Then the script
+			a `:finally` command following, execution continues
+			after the `:finally`.  Otherwise, or when the
+			`:endtry` is reached thereafter, the next
+			(dynamically) surrounding `:try` is checked for
+			a corresponding `:finally` etc.  Then the script
 			processing is terminated.  Whether a function
 			definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.
 			Example: >
@@ -3560,9 +3610,9 @@ text...
 		echomsg "not reached"
 <
 			Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
-			":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception.  It
-			can be caught as if it were thrown by a |:throw|
-			command (see |:catch|).  In this case, the script
+			`:try` and `:endtry` is converted to an exception.  It
+			can be caught as if it were thrown by a `:throw`
+			command (see `:catch`).  In this case, the script
 			processing is not terminated.
 
 			The value "Vim:Interrupt" is used for an interrupt
@@ -3577,13 +3627,16 @@ text...
 		try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
 		try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
 <
+			In |Vim9| script `:endtry` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
+
 					*:cat* *:catch*
 					*E603* *E604* *E605* *E654* *E1033*
-:cat[ch] /{pattern}/	The following commands until the next |:catch|,
-			|:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
-			|:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
+:cat[ch] /{pattern}/	The following commands until the next `:catch`,
+			`:finally`, or `:endtry` that belongs to the same
+			`:try` as the `:catch` are executed when an exception
 			matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet
-			been caught by a previous ":catch".  Otherwise, these
+			been caught by a previous `:catch`.  Otherwise, these
 			commands are skipped.
 			When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught.
 			Examples: >
@@ -3605,29 +3658,35 @@ text...
 			NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
 			an error message because it may vary in different
 			locales.
+			In |Vim9| script `:catch` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
 
 					*:fina* *:finally* *E606* *E607*
-:fina[lly]		The following commands until the matching |:endtry|
+:fina[lly]		The following commands until the matching `:endtry`
 			are executed whenever the part between the matching
-			|:try| and the ":finally" is left:  either by falling
-			through to the ":finally" or by a |:continue|,
-			|:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or
-			interrupt or exception (see |:throw|).
+			`:try` and the `:finally` is left:  either by falling
+			through to the `:finally` or by a `:continue`,
+			`:break`, `:finish`, or `:return`, or by an error or
+			interrupt or exception (see `:throw`).
+
+			In |Vim9| script `:finally` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability and avoid confusion with
+			`:final`.
 
 						*:th* *:throw* *E608* *E1129*
 :th[row] {expr1}	The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception.
-			If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the
-			first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped
-			until the first ":catch" matching {expr1} is reached.
-			If there is no such ":catch" or if the ":throw" is
-			used after a ":catch" but before the |:finally|, the
-			commands following the ":finally" (if present) up to
-			the matching |:endtry| are executed.  If the ":throw"
-			is after the ":finally", commands up to the ":endtry"
+			If the ":throw" is used after a `:try` but before the
+			first corresponding `:catch`, commands are skipped
+			until the first `:catch` matching {expr1} is reached.
+			If there is no such `:catch` or if the ":throw" is
+			used after a `:catch` but before the `:finally`, the
+			commands following the `:finally` (if present) up to
+			the matching `:endtry` are executed.  If the `:throw`
+			is after the `:finally`, commands up to the `:endtry`
 			are skipped.  At the ":endtry", this process applies
-			again for the next dynamically surrounding ":try"
+			again for the next dynamically surrounding `:try`
 			(which may be found in a calling function or sourcing
-			script), until a matching ":catch" has been found.
+			script), until a matching `:catch` has been found.
 			If the exception is not caught, the command processing
 			is terminated.
 			Example: >
@@ -3636,13 +3695,16 @@ text...
 			for when an error causes the parsing to skip the whole
 			line and not see the "|" that separates the commands.
 
+			In |Vim9| script `:throw` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
+
 							*:ec* *:echo*
 :ec[ho] {expr1} ..	Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between.  The
 			first {expr1} starts on a new line.
 			Also see |:comment|.
 			Use "\n" to start a new line.  Use "\r" to move the
 			cursor to the first column.
-			Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
+			Uses the highlighting set by the `:echohl` command.
 			Cannot be followed by a comment.
 			Example: >
 		:echo "the value of 'shell' is" &shell
@@ -3651,21 +3713,21 @@ text...
 			And since Vim mostly postpones redrawing until it's
 			finished with a sequence of commands this happens
 			quite often.  To avoid that a command from before the
-			":echo" causes a redraw afterwards (redraws are often
+			`:echo` causes a redraw afterwards (redraws are often
 			postponed until you type something), force a redraw
-			with the |:redraw| command.  Example: >
+			with the `:redraw` command.  Example: >
 		:new | redraw | echo "there is a new window"
 <
 							*:echon*
 :echon {expr1} ..	Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added.  Also see
 			|:comment|.
-			Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
+			Uses the highlighting set by the `:echohl` command.
 			Cannot be followed by a comment.
 			Example: >
 				:echon "the value of 'shell' is " &shell
 <
-			Note the difference between using ":echo", which is a
-			Vim command, and ":!echo", which is an external shell
+			Note the difference between using `:echo`, which is a
+			Vim command, and `:!echo`, which is an external shell
 			command: >
 		:!echo %		--> filename
 <			The arguments of ":!" are expanded, see |:_%|. >
@@ -3681,8 +3743,8 @@ text...
 
 							*:echoh* *:echohl*
 :echoh[l] {name}	Use the highlight group {name} for the following
-			|:echo|, |:echon| and |:echomsg| commands.  Also used
-			for the |input()| prompt.  Example: >
+			`:echo`, `:echon` and `:echomsg` commands.  Also used
+			for the `input()` prompt.  Example: >
 		:echohl WarningMsg | echo "Don't panic!" | echohl None
 <			Don't forget to set the group back to "None",
 			otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted.
@@ -3691,14 +3753,14 @@ text...
 :echom[sg] {expr1} ..	Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
 			message in the |message-history|.
 			Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
-			|:echo| command.  But unprintable characters are
+			`:echo` command.  But unprintable characters are
 			displayed, not interpreted.
-			The parsing works slightly different from |:echo|,
-			more like |:execute|.  All the expressions are first
+			The parsing works slightly different from `:echo`,
+			more like `:execute`.  All the expressions are first
 			evaluated and concatenated before echoing anything.
 			If expressions does not evaluate to a Number or
 			String, string() is used to turn it into a string.
-			Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
+			Uses the highlighting set by the `:echohl` command.
 			Example: >
 		:echomsg "It's a Zizzer Zazzer Zuzz, as you can plainly see."
 <			See |:echo-redraw| to avoid the message disappearing
@@ -3708,12 +3770,12 @@ text...
 			message in the |message-history|.  When used in a
 			script or function the line number will be added.
 			Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
-			|:echomsg| command.  When used inside a try conditional,
+			`:echomsg` command.  When used inside a try conditional,
 			the message is raised as an error exception instead
 			(see |try-echoerr|).
 			Example: >
 		:echoerr "This script just failed!"
-<			If you just want a highlighted message use |:echohl|.
+<			If you just want a highlighted message use `:echohl`.
 			And to get a beep: >
 		:exe "normal \<Esc>"
 
@@ -4026,7 +4088,7 @@ exception most recently caught as long it is not finished.
 
 	:function! Caught()
 	:  if v:exception != ""
-	:    echo 'Caught "' . v:exception . '" in ' . v:throwpoint
+	:    echo 'Caught "' . v:exception .. '" in ' .. v:throwpoint
 	:  else
 	:    echo 'Nothing caught'
 	:  endif
@@ -4429,8 +4491,8 @@ a script in order to catch unexpected things.
 	:catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
 	:    echo "Script interrupted"
 	:catch /.*/
-	:  echo "Internal error (" . v:exception . ")"
-	:  echo " - occurred at " . v:throwpoint
+	:  echo "Internal error (" .. v:exception .. ")"
+	:  echo " - occurred at " .. v:throwpoint
 	:endtry
 	:" end of script
 
@@ -4626,7 +4688,7 @@ parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
 
 	:function! CheckRange(a, func)
 	:  if a:a < 0
-	:    throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" . a:func . ")"
+	:    throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" .. a:func .. ")"
 	:  endif
 	:endfunction
 	:
@@ -4653,13 +4715,13 @@ parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
 	:  try
 	:    execute "write" fnameescape(a:file)
 	:  catch /^Vim(write):/
-	:    throw "EXCEPT:IO(" . getcwd() . ", " . a:file . "):WRITEERR"
+	:    throw "EXCEPT:IO(" .. getcwd() .. ", " .. a:file .. "):WRITEERR"
 	:  endtry
 	:endfunction
 	:
 	:try
 	:
-	:  " something with arithmetics and I/O
+	:  " something with arithmetic and I/O
 	:
 	:catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE/
 	:  let function = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(\a\+\)).*', '\1', "")
@@ -4672,9 +4734,9 @@ parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
 	:  let dir = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(.\+\),\s*.\+).*', '\1', "")
 	:  let file = substitute(v:exception, '.*(.\+,\s*\(.\+\)).*', '\1', "")
 	:  if file !~ '^/'
-	:    let file = dir . "/" . file
+	:    let file = dir .. "/" .. file
 	:  endif
-	:  echo 'I/O error for "' . file . '"'
+	:  echo 'I/O error for "' .. file .. '"'
 	:
 	:catch /^EXCEPT/
 	:  echo "Unspecified error"
@@ -4742,7 +4804,7 @@ clauses, however, is executed.
 	:    echo "inner finally"
 	:  endtry
 	:catch
-	:  echo 'outer catch-all caught "' . v:exception . '"'
+	:  echo 'outer catch-all caught "' .. v:exception .. '"'
 	:  finally
 	:    echo "outer finally"
 	:endtry
@@ -4804,7 +4866,7 @@ Printing in Binary ~
   :  let n = a:nr
   :  let r = ""
   :  while n
-  :    let r = '01'[n % 2] . r
+  :    let r = '01'[n % 2] .. r
   :    let n = n / 2
   :  endwhile
   :  return r
@@ -4815,7 +4877,7 @@ Printing in Binary ~
   :func String2Bin(str)
   :  let out = ''
   :  for ix in range(strlen(a:str))
-  :    let out = out . '-' . Nr2Bin(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
+  :    let out = out .. '-' .. Nr2Bin(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
   :  endfor
   :  return out[1:]
   :endfunc

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -142,19 +142,28 @@ variables can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
 	*.asm		g:asmsyntax	|ft-asm-syntax|
 	*.asp		g:filetype_asp	|ft-aspvbs-syntax| |ft-aspperl-syntax|
 	*.bas		g:filetype_bas	|ft-basic-syntax|
+	*.cfg		g:filetype_cfg
+	*.dat		g:filetype_dat
 	*.frm		g:filetype_frm	|ft-form-syntax|
 	*.fs		g:filetype_fs	|ft-forth-syntax|
 	*.i		g:filetype_i	|ft-progress-syntax|
 	*.inc		g:filetype_inc
 	*.m		g:filetype_m	|ft-mathematica-syntax|
+	*.mod		g:filetype_mod
 	*.p		g:filetype_p	|ft-pascal-syntax|
 	*.pl		g:filetype_pl
 	*.pp		g:filetype_pp	|ft-pascal-syntax|
 	*.prg		g:filetype_prg
+	*.src		g:filetype_src
+	*.sys		g:filetype_sys
 	*.sh		g:bash_is_sh	|ft-sh-syntax|
 	*.tex		g:tex_flavor	|ft-tex-plugin|
 	*.w		g:filetype_w	|ft-cweb-syntax|
 
+For a few filetypes the global variable is used only when the filetype could
+not be detected:
+	*.r		g:filetype_r	|ft-rexx-syntax|
+
 							*filetype-ignore*
 To avoid that certain files are being inspected, the g:ft_ignore_pat variable
 is used.  The default value is set like this: >

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ Note the use of backslashes to avoid some characters to be interpreted by the
     :function MyFoldText()
     :  let line = getline(v:foldstart)
     :  let sub = substitute(line, '/\*\|\*/\|{{{\d\=', '', 'g')
-    :  return v:folddashes . sub
+    :  return v:folddashes .. sub
     :endfunction
 
 Evaluating 'foldtext' is done in the |sandbox|.  The current window is set to

runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 13
 
 
 		    ADA FILE TYPE PLUG-INS REFERENCE MANUAL~
@@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ file is opened and adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
 								 *ft-ada-omni*
 
 The Ada omni-completions (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|) uses tags database created either
-by "gnat xref -v" or the "exuberant Ctags (http://ctags.sourceforge.net).  The
-complete function will automatically detect which tool was used to create the
-tags file.
+by "gnat xref -v" or the "Universal Ctags" (https://ctags.io).  The complete
+function will automatically detect which tool was used to create the tags
+file.
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref" ~
@@ -125,18 +125,18 @@ NOTE: "gnat xref -v" is very tricky to use as it has almost no diagnostic
 3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags"~
 								   *ada-ctags*
 
-Exuberant Ctags uses its own multi-language code parser. The parser is quite
-fast, produces a lot of extra information (hence the name "Exuberant Ctags")
-and can run on files which currently do not compile.
+Universal/Exuberant Ctags use their own multi-language code parser.  The
+parser is quite fast, produces a lot of extra information and can run on files
+which currently do not compile.
 
-There are also lots of other Vim-tools which use exuberant Ctags.
+There are also lots of other Vim-tools which use Universal/Exuberant Ctags.
+Universal Ctags is preferred, Exuberant Ctags is no longer being developed.
 
-You will need to install a version of the Exuberant Ctags which has Ada
-support patched in. Such a version is available from the GNU Ada Project
-(http://gnuada.sourceforge.net).
+You will need to install Universal Ctags which is available from
+https://ctags.io
 
-The Ada parser for Exuberant Ctags is fairly new - don't expect complete
-support yet.
+The Ada parser for Universal/Exuberant Ctags is fairly new - don't expect
+complete support yet.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Compiler Support ~

runtime/doc/ft_raku.txt

@@ -47,20 +47,20 @@ Numbers, subscripts and superscripts are available with 's' and 'S':
 
 But some don't come defined by default. Those are digraph definitions you can
 add in your ~/.vimrc file. >
-	exec 'digraph \\ '.char2nr('∖')
-	exec 'digraph \< '.char2nr('≼')
-	exec 'digraph \> '.char2nr('≽')
-	exec 'digraph (L '.char2nr('⊈')
-	exec 'digraph )L '.char2nr('⊉')
-	exec 'digraph (/ '.char2nr('⊄')
-	exec 'digraph )/ '.char2nr('⊅')
-	exec 'digraph )/ '.char2nr('⊅')
-	exec 'digraph U+ '.char2nr('⊎')
-	exec 'digraph 0- '.char2nr('⊖')
+	exec 'digraph \\ ' .. char2nr('∖')
+	exec 'digraph \< ' .. char2nr('≼')
+	exec 'digraph \> ' .. char2nr('≽')
+	exec 'digraph (L ' .. char2nr('⊈')
+	exec 'digraph )L ' .. char2nr('⊉')
+	exec 'digraph (/ ' .. char2nr('⊄')
+	exec 'digraph )/ ' .. char2nr('⊅')
+	exec 'digraph )/ ' .. char2nr('⊅')
+	exec 'digraph U+ ' .. char2nr('⊎')
+	exec 'digraph 0- ' .. char2nr('⊖')
 	" Euler's constant
-	exec 'digraph ne '.char2nr('𝑒')
+	exec 'digraph ne ' .. char2nr('𝑒')
 	" Raku's atomic operations marker
-	exec 'digraph @@ '.char2nr('⚛')
+	exec 'digraph @@ ' .. char2nr('⚛')
 
 Alternatively, you can write Insert mode abbreviations that convert ASCII-
 based operators into their single-character Unicode equivalent. >

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ behavior of the plugin.
 g:rustc_path~
 	Set this option to the path to rustc for use in the |:RustRun| and
 	|:RustExpand| commands. If unset, "rustc" will be located in $PATH: >
-	    let g:rustc_path = $HOME."/bin/rustc"
+	    let g:rustc_path = $HOME .. "/bin/rustc"
 <
 
                                                   *g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ g:rust_bang_comment_leader~
 g:ftplugin_rust_source_path~
 	Set this option to a path that should be prepended to 'path' for Rust
 	source files: >
-	    let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME.'/dev/rust'
+	    let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME .. '/dev/rust'
 <
 
                                                        *g:rustfmt_command*

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ must be configurable.  The filetype plugin attempts to define many of the
 standard objects, plus many additional ones.  In order to make this as
 flexible as possible, you can override the list of objects from within your
 |vimrc| with the following: >
-    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,table,trigger' .
-		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' .
+    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,table,trigger' ..
+		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' ..
 		\ ',index,subscription,synchronization,view,variable'
 
 The following |Normal| mode and |Visual| mode maps have been created which use
@@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ Repeatedly pressing ]} will cycle through each of these create statements: >
     create index i1 on t1 (c1);
 
 The default setting for g:ftplugin_sql_objects is: >
-    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,' .
-		\ '\\(existing\\\\|global\\s\\+temporary\\s\\+\\)\\\{,1}' .
-		\ 'table,trigger' .
-		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' .
+    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,' ..
+		\ '\\(existing\\\\|global\\s\\+temporary\\s\\+\\)\\\{,1}' ..
+		\ 'table,trigger' ..
+		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' ..
 		\ ',index,subscription,synchronization,view,variable'
 
 The above will also handle these cases: >
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ the SQL completion plugin. >
 <	1. After typing SELECT press <C-C>t to display a list of tables.
 	2. Highlight the table you need the column list for.
 	3. Press <Enter> to choose the table from the list.
-	4. Press <C-C>l to request a comma separated list of all columns
+	4. Press <C-C>l to request a comma-separated list of all columns
 	   for this table.
 	5. Based on the table name chosen in step 3, the plugin attempts to
 	   decide on a reasonable table alias.	You are then prompted to
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ your |vimrc|: >
 >
     omni_sql_use_tbl_alias
 <	- Default: a
-	- This setting is only used when generating a comma separated
+	- This setting is only used when generating a comma-separated
 	  column list.	By default the map is <C-C>l.  When generating
 	  a column list, an alias can be prepended to the beginning of each
 	  column, for example:	e.emp_id, e.emp_name.  This option has three
@@ -697,9 +697,9 @@ plugin. >
     <C-C>c
 <       - Displays a list of columns for a specific table. >
     <C-C>l
-<       - Displays a comma separated list of columns for a specific table. >
+<       - Displays a comma-separated list of columns for a specific table. >
     <C-C>L
-<       - Displays a comma separated list of columns for a specific table.
+<       - Displays a comma-separated list of columns for a specific table.
 	  This should only be used when the completion window is active. >
     <Right>
 <	- Displays a list of columns for the table currently highlighted in

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jun 27
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Other GUI documentation:
 
 First you must make sure you actually have a version of Vim with the GUI code
 included.  You can check this with the ":version" command, it says "with xxx
-GUI", where "xxx" is X11-Motif, X11-Athena, Photon, GTK2, GTK3, etc., or
+GUI", where "xxx" is X11-Motif, Photon, GTK2, GTK3, etc., or
 "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version".
 
 How to start the GUI depends on the system used.  Mostly you can run the
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ There are a number of options which only have meaning in the GUI version of
 Vim.  These are 'guicursor', 'guifont', 'guipty' and 'guioptions'.  They are
 documented in |options.txt| with all the other options.
 
-If using the Motif or Athena version of the GUI (but not for the GTK+ or
+If using the Motif version of the GUI (but not for the GTK+ or
 Win32 version), a number of X resources are available.  See |gui-resources|.
 
 Another way to set the colors for different occasions is with highlight
@@ -147,7 +147,8 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 						    *:win* *:winsize* *E465*
 :win[size] {width} {height}
 		Set the window height to {width} by {height} characters.
-		Obsolete, use ":set lines=11 columns=22".
+		It is recommended to use `:set lines=11 columns=22` instead,
+		since it's easy to see what the numbers mean.
 		If you get less lines than expected, check the 'guiheadroom'
 		option.
 
@@ -155,8 +156,8 @@ If you are running the X Window System, you can get information about the
 window Vim is running in with these commands: >
 	:!xwininfo -id $WINDOWID
 	:!xprop -id $WINDOWID
-	:execute '!xwininfo -id ' . v:windowid
-	:execute '!xprop -id ' . v:windowid
+	:execute '!xwininfo -id ' .. v:windowid
+	:execute '!xprop -id ' .. v:windowid
 <
 							*gui-IME* *iBus*
 Input methods for international characters in X that rely on the XIM
@@ -235,7 +236,7 @@ takes too much time or you don't like the cursor jumping to another line,
 include the 'h' flag in 'guioptions'.  Then the scrolling is limited by the
 text of the current cursor line.
 
-							*athena-intellimouse*
+							*motif-intellimouse*
 If you have an Intellimouse and an X server that supports using the wheel,
 then you can use the wheel to scroll the text up and down in gvim.  This works
 with XFree86 4.0 and later, and with some older versions when you add patches.
@@ -260,6 +261,7 @@ Other options that are relevant:
 'mousefocus'	window focus follows mouse pointer |gui-mouse-focus|
 'mousemodel'	what mouse button does which action
 'mousehide'	hide mouse pointer while typing text
+'mousemoveevent' enable mouse move events so that <MouseMove> can be mapped
 'selectmode'	whether to start Select mode or Visual mode
 
 A quick way to set these is with the ":behave" command.
@@ -405,6 +407,9 @@ These mappings make selection work the way it probably should in a Motif
 application, with shift-left mouse allowing for extending the visual area
 rather than the right mouse button.
 
+<MouseMove> may be mapped, but 'mousemoveevent' must be enabled to use the
+mapping.
+
 Mouse mapping with modifiers does not work for modeless selection.
 
 
@@ -741,7 +746,7 @@ because the item will never be selected.  Use a single colon to keep it
 simple.
 
 							*gui-toolbar*
-The toolbar is currently available in the Win32, Athena, Motif, GTK+ (X11),
+The toolbar is currently available in the Win32, Motif, GTK+ (X11),
 and Photon GUI.  It should turn up in other GUIs in due course.  The
 default toolbar is setup in menu.vim.
 The display of the toolbar is controlled by the 'guioptions' letter 'T'.  You
@@ -857,7 +862,7 @@ The window toolbar uses the ToolbarLine and ToolbarButton highlight groups.
 When splitting the window the window toolbar is not copied to the new window.
 
 							*popup-menu*
-In the Win32, GTK+, Motif, Athena and Photon GUI, you can define the
+In the Win32, GTK+, Motif and Photon GUI, you can define the
 special menu "PopUp".  This is the menu that is displayed when the right mouse
 button is pressed, if 'mousemodel' is set to popup or popup_setpos.
 Example: >

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Oct 24
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -236,7 +236,8 @@ The "* register reflects the contents of the clipboard.  |quotestar|
 
 When the "unnamed" string is included in the 'clipboard' option, the unnamed
 register is the same.  Thus you can yank to and paste from the clipboard
-without prepending "* to commands.
+without prepending "* to commands. If this doesn't work use the "unnamedplus"
+string in the 'clipboard' option.
 
 The 'a' flag in 'guioptions' is not included by default.  This means that text
 is only put on the clipboard when an operation is performed on it.  Just

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 05
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
 Vim's Graphical User Interface				*gui-x11* *GUI-X11*
-							*Athena* *Motif*
+							*Motif*
 1. Starting the X11 GUI		|gui-x11-start|
 2. GUI Resources		|gui-resources|
 3. Shell Commands		|gui-pty|
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ flag in 'guioptions'.  |-f|.
 ==============================================================================
 2. GUI Resources			*gui-resources* *.Xdefaults*
 
-If using the Motif or Athena version of the GUI (not for the KDE, GTK+ or Win32
+If using the Motif version of the GUI (not for the KDE, GTK+ or Win32
 version), a number of X resources are available.  You should use Vim's class
 "Vim" when setting these.  They are as follows:
 
@@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ version), a number of X resources are available.  You should use Vim's class
 			is same size as terminal that started it).
     scrollbarWidth	Thickness of scrollbars.
     borderWidth		Thickness of border around text area.
-    menuHeight		Height of the menu bar (only for Athena).
 
 A special font for italic, bold, and italic-bold text will only be used if
 the user has specified one via a resource.  No attempt is made to guess what
@@ -135,12 +134,9 @@ which make Motif applications look even better, highly recommended!
 
 The "Vim*fontList" is to set the menu font for Motif.  Example: >
 	Vim*menuBar*fontList:	     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
-With Athena: >
-	Vim*menuBar*SmeBSB*font:     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
-	Vim*menuBar*MenuButton*font: -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
 
 NOTE: A more portable, and indeed more correct, way to specify the menu font
-in either Motif or Athena is through the resource: >
+in Motif is through the resource: >
 	Vim.menuFont:	     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
 Or, when compiled with the |+xfontset| feature: >
 	Vim.menuFontSet:     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
@@ -255,7 +251,7 @@ For example: >
   :10vmenu File.Print :w !lpr -Php3
 <
 							*X11-icon*
-Vim uses a black&white icon by default when compiled with Motif or Athena.  A
+Vim uses a black&white icon by default when compiled with Motif.  A
 colored Vim icon is included as $VIMRUNTIME/vim32x32.xpm.  For GTK+, this is
 the builtin icon used.  Unfortunately, how you should install it depends on
 your window manager.  When you use this, remove the 'i' flag from
@@ -594,8 +590,7 @@ GTK+ files on your system.  When both GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3 are available, GTK+ 2
 will be chosen unless --enable-gui=gtk3 is passed explicitly to configure.
 
 If the GTK+ files cannot be found, then the Motif files will be searched for.
-Finally, if this fails, the Athena files will be searched for.  If all three
-fail, the GUI will be disabled.
+If both fail, the GUI will be disabled.
 
 For GTK+, Vim's configuration process uses pkg-config(1) to check if the
 GTK+ required for a specified build is properly installed and usable.
@@ -621,10 +616,10 @@ explicitly to configure, and avoid passing --enable-gnome-check to that, as
 the functionality of the GNOME 2 support has already been consolidated in
 GTK+ 3.
 
-Otherwise, if you are using Motif or Athena, when you have the Motif or Athena
-files in a directory where configure doesn't look, edit the Makefile to enter
-the names of the directories.  Search for "GUI_INC_LOC" for an example to set
-the Motif directories, "CONF_OPT_X" for Athena.
+Otherwise, if you are using Motif, when you have the Motif files in a
+directory where configure doesn't look, edit the Makefile to enter the names
+of the directories.  Search for "GUI_INC_LOC" for an example to set
+the Motif directories.
 
 							*gui-x11-gtk*
 Currently, Vim supports both GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3.
@@ -643,18 +638,11 @@ few problems, but you might make it compile and run with a bit of work, please
 send me the patches if you do).  The newest releases of LessTif have been
 reported to work fine too.
 
-							*gui-x11-athena*
-The Athena version uses the Xaw widget set by default.  If you have the 3D
-version, you might want to link with Xaw3d instead.  This will make the
-menus look a bit better.  Edit the Makefile and look for "XAW_LIB".  The
-scrollbars will remain the same, because Vim has its own, which are already
-3D (in fact, they look more like Motif).
-
-							*gui-x11-neXtaw*
-The neXtaw version is mostly like Athena, but uses different widgets.
+					    *gui-x11-athena* *gui-x11-neXtaw*
+Support for the Athena GUI and neXtaw was removed in patch 8.2.4677.
 
 							*gui-x11-misc*
-In general, do not try to mix files from different GTK+, Motif, Athena and X11
+In general, do not try to mix files from different GTK+, Motif and X11
 versions.  This will cause problems.  For example, using header files for
 X11R5 with a library for X11R6 probably doesn't work (although the linking
 won't give an error message, Vim will crash later).

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 27
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 26
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -197,6 +197,7 @@ Versions ~
 |version6.txt|	Differences between Vim version 5.7 and 6.x
 |version7.txt|	Differences between Vim version 6.4 and 7.x
 |version8.txt|	Differences between Vim version 7.4 and 8.x
+|version9.txt|	Differences between Vim version 8.2 and 9.0
 						*sys-file-list*
 Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_390.txt|	OS/390 Unix

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 28
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ line of a file, regardless of the filename suffix, to check if a file is a
 Perl script (see scripts.vim in Vim's syntax directory).  Vim assumes a file
 is POD text if the filename has a .POD suffix.
 
-To use tags with Perl, you need a recent version of Exuberant ctags.  Look
-here:
-	http://ctags.sourceforge.net
+To use tags with Perl, you need Universal/Exuberant Ctags.  Look here:
+	Universal Ctags (preferred): https://ctags.io
+	Exuberant Ctags: http://ctags.sourceforge.net
 
 Alternatively, you can use the Perl script pltags.pl, which is shipped with
 Vim in the $VIMRUNTIME/tools directory.  This script has currently more

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 07
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -25,6 +25,10 @@ The Python 3 interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
 |+python3| feature.
 Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 
+NOTE: Python 2 is old and no longer being developed.  Using Python 3 is highly
+recommended.  Python 2 support will be dropped when it does not work properly
+anymore.
+
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*python-commands*
 
@@ -923,7 +927,7 @@ The `:pyxdo` command works similar to `:pydo`.
 							*has-pythonx*
 You can test if pyx* commands are available with: >
 	if has('pythonx')
-	  echo 'pyx* commands are available. (Python ' . &pyx . ')'
+	  echo 'pyx* commands are available. (Python ' .. &pyx .. ')'
 	endif
 
 When compiled with only one of |+python| or |+python3|, the has() returns 1.

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 31
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -42,11 +42,12 @@ is not a C compiler: it does not recognize all syntax.  One requirement is
 that toplevel functions have a '{' in the first column.  Otherwise they are
 easily confused with declarations.
 
-These four options control C program indenting:
+These five options control C program indenting:
 'cindent'	Enables Vim to perform C program indenting automatically.
 'cinkeys'	Specifies which keys trigger reindenting in insert mode.
 'cinoptions'	Sets your preferred indent style.
 'cinwords'	Defines keywords that start an extra indent in the next line.
+'cinscopedecls'	Defines strings that are recognized as a C++ scope declaration.
 
 If 'lisp' is not on and 'equalprg' is empty, the "=" operator indents using
 Vim's built-in algorithm rather than calling an external program.
@@ -293,8 +294,9 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 							*cino-g*
 	gN    Place C++ scope declarations N characters from the indent of the
-	      block they are in.  (default 'shiftwidth').  A scope declaration
-	      can be "public:", "protected:" or "private:".
+	      block they are in.  (default 'shiftwidth'). By default, a scope 
+	      declaration is "public:", "protected:" or "private:". This can
+	      be adjusted with the 'cinscopedecls' option.
 
 		cino=		    cino=g0 >
 		  {		      {

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 09
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 				be remapped
 |:args|		:ar[gs]		print the argument list
 |:argadd|	:arga[dd]	add items to the argument list
-:argdedupe	:argdedupe	remove duplicates from the argument list
+|:argdedupe|	:argded[upe]	remove duplicates from the argument list
 |:argdelete|	:argd[elete]	delete items from the argument list
 |:argedit|	:arge[dit]	add item to the argument list and edit it
 |:argdo|	:argdo		do a command on all items in the argument list

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 29
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ CTRL-]		Trigger abbreviation, without inserting a character.
 
 						*i_backspacing*
 The effect of the <BS>, CTRL-W, and CTRL-U depend on the 'backspace' option
-(unless 'revins' is set).  This is a comma separated list of items:
+(unless 'revins' is set).  This is a comma-separated list of items:
 
 item	    action ~
 indent	    allow backspacing over autoindent
@@ -283,8 +283,8 @@ start	    allow backspacing over the start position of insert; CTRL-W and
 When 'backspace' is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used.  You cannot
 backspace over autoindent, before column 1 or before where insert started.
 
-For backwards compatibility the values "0", "1" and "2" are also allowed, see
-|'backspace'|.
+For backwards compatibility the values "0", "1", "2" and "3" are also allowed,
+see |'backspace'|.
 
 If the 'backspace' option does contain "eol" and the cursor is in column 1
 when one of the three keys is used, the current line is joined with the
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ If the previous expansion was split, because it got longer than 'textwidth',
 then just the text in the current line will be used.
 
 If the match found is at the end of a line, then the first word in the next
-line will be inserted and the message "word from next line" displayed, if
+line will be inserted and the message "Word from other line" displayed, if
 this word is accepted the next CTRL-X CTRL-P or CTRL-X CTRL-N will search
 for those lines starting with this word.
 
@@ -818,6 +818,7 @@ CTRL-X CTRL-K		Search the files given with the 'dictionary' option
 			the 'dictionary' option is empty.
 			For suggestions where to find a list of words, see the
 			'dictionary' option.
+			'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and 'infercase' apply.
 
 	CTRL-K	or
 	CTRL-N		Search forward for next matching keyword.  This
@@ -879,9 +880,9 @@ Groß): >
       endif
       let res = []
       let h = ''
-      for l in systemlist('aiksaurus '.shellescape(a:base))
+      for l in systemlist('aiksaurus ' .. shellescape(a:base))
 	if l[:3] == '=== '
-	  let h = '('.substitute(l[4:], ' =*$', ')', '')
+	  let h = '(' .. substitute(l[4:], ' =*$', ')', '')
 	elseif l ==# 'Alphabetically similar known words are: '
 	  let h = "\U0001f52e"
 	elseif l[0] =~ '\a' || (h ==# "\U0001f52e" && l[0] ==# "\t")
@@ -1195,7 +1196,7 @@ three lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.
 						*complete-popup*
 When "popup" is in 'completeopt' a popup window is used to display the "info".
 Then the 'completepopup' option specifies the properties of the popup.  This
-is used when the info popup is created.  The option is a comma separated list
+is used when the info popup is created.  The option is a comma-separated list
 of values:
 	height		maximum height of the popup
 	width		maximum width of the popup
@@ -1266,7 +1267,7 @@ An example that completes the names of the months: >
 	    " find months matching with "a:base"
 	    let res = []
 	    for m in split("Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec")
-	      if m =~ '^' . a:base
+	      if m =~ '^' .. a:base
 		call add(res, m)
 	      endif
 	    endfor
@@ -1288,7 +1289,7 @@ The same, but now pretending searching for matches is slow: >
 	  else
 	    " find months matching with "a:base"
 	    for m in split("Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec")
-	      if m =~ '^' . a:base
+	      if m =~ '^' .. a:base
 		call complete_add(m)
 	      endif
 	      sleep 300m	" simulate searching for next match
@@ -1408,11 +1409,16 @@ in 'runtimepath'.  Thus for "java" it is autoload/javacomplete.vim.
 
 C							*ft-c-omni*
 
-Completion of C code requires a tags file.  You should use Exuberant ctags,
-because it adds extra information that is needed for completion.  You can find
-it here: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/  Version 5.6 or later is recommended.
+Completion of C code requires a tags file.  You should use Universal/
+Exuberant ctags, because it adds extra information that is needed for
+completion.  You can find it here:
+	Universal Ctags: https://ctags.io
+	Exuberant Ctags: http://ctags.sourceforge.net
 
-For version 5.5.4 you should add a patch that adds the "typename:" field:
+Universal Ctags is preferred, Exuberant Ctags is no longer being developed.
+
+For Exuberant ctags, version 5.6 or later is recommended.  For version 5.5.4
+you should add a patch that adds the "typename:" field:
 	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unstable/patches/ctags-5.5.4.patch
 A compiled .exe for MS-Windows can be found at:
 	http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
@@ -1533,8 +1539,11 @@ will be suggested. All other elements are not placed in suggestion list.
 PHP							*ft-php-omni*
 
 Completion of PHP code requires a tags file for completion of data from
-external files and for class aware completion. You should use Exuberant ctags
-version 5.5.4 or newer. You can find it here: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
+external files and for class aware completion. You should use Universal/
+Exuberant ctags version 5.5.4 or newer. You can find it here:
+
+	Universal Ctags: https://ctags.io
+	Exuberant Ctags: http://ctags.sourceforge.net
 
 Script completes:
 

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Sep 29
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Daniel Elstner		GTK+ 2 port
 	Eric Fischer		Mac port, 'cindent', and other improvements
 	Benji Fisher		Answering lots of user questions
-	Bill Foster		Athena GUI port
+	Bill Foster		Athena GUI port (later removed)
 	Google			Lets me work on Vim one day a week
 	Loic Grenie		xvim (ideas for multi windows version)
 	Sven Guckes		Vim promoter and previous WWW page maintainer
@@ -701,7 +701,8 @@ Q			Switch to "Ex" mode.  This is a bit like typing ":"
 			Use the ":vi" command |:visual| to exit "Ex" mode.
 			Note: In older versions of Vim "Q" formatted text,
 			that is now done with |gq|.  But if you use the
-			|vimrc_example.vim| script "Q" works like "gq".
+			|vimrc_example.vim| script or |defaults.vim|, "Q"
+			works like "gq".  Except for Select mode.
 
 					*gQ*
 gQ			Switch to "Ex" mode like with "Q", but really behave

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 23
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -80,6 +80,8 @@ modes.
 			where the map command applies.  Disallow mapping of
 			{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings.  Often
 			used to redefine a command.
+			Note: When <Plug> appears in the {rhs} this part is
+			always applied even if remapping is disallowed.
 
 
 :unm[ap]  {lhs}			|mapmode-nvo|		*:unm*  *:unmap*
@@ -314,7 +316,7 @@ Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
 
 	func ListItem()
 	  let g:counter += 1
-	  return g:counter . '. '
+	  return g:counter .. '. '
 	endfunc
 
 	func ListReset()
@@ -387,7 +389,7 @@ contain special characters like function keys.
 1.3 MAPPING AND MODES					*:map-modes*
 			*mapmode-nvo* *mapmode-n* *mapmode-v* *mapmode-o*
 
-There are six sets of mappings
+There are seven sets of mappings
 - For Normal mode: When typing commands.
 - For Visual mode: When typing commands while the Visual area is highlighted.
 - For Select mode: like Visual mode but typing text replaces the selection.
@@ -395,6 +397,7 @@ There are six sets of mappings
   etc.).  See below: |omap-info|.
 - For Insert mode.  These are also used in Replace mode.
 - For Command-line mode: When entering a ":" or "/" command.
+- For Terminal mode: When typing in a |:terminal| buffer.
 
 Special case: While typing a count for a command in Normal mode, mapping zero
 is disabled.  This makes it possible to map zero without making it impossible
@@ -694,6 +697,10 @@ The special key name "<Plug>" can be used for an internal mapping, which is
 not to be matched with any key sequence.  This is useful in plugins
 |using-<Plug>|.
 
+							*<MouseMove>*
+The special key name "<MouseMove>" can be used to handle mouse movement.  It
+needs to be enabled with 'mousemoveevent'.  Currently only works in the GUI.
+
 							*<Char>* *<Char->*
 To map a character by its decimal, octal or hexadecimal number the <Char>
 construct can be used:
@@ -1317,7 +1324,8 @@ underscore.  Example: >
 could define a mapping "<SNR>23_Add".
 
 When defining a function in a script, "s:" can be prepended to the name to
-make it local to the script.  But when a mapping is executed from outside of
+make it local to the script (in |Vim9| script functions without a prefix are
+local to the script).  But when a mapping is executed from outside of
 the script, it doesn't know in which script the function was defined.  To
 avoid this problem, use "<SID>" instead of "s:".  The same translation is done
 as for mappings.  This makes it possible to define a call to the function in
@@ -1444,7 +1452,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 
 Command attributes ~
-
+                                                       *command-attributes*
 User-defined commands are treated by Vim just like any other Ex commands.  They
 can have arguments, or have a range specified.  Arguments are subject to
 completion as filenames, buffers, etc.  Exactly how this works depends upon the
@@ -1561,9 +1569,11 @@ The function arguments are:
 The function may use these for determining context.  For the "custom"
 argument, it is not necessary to filter candidates against the (implicit
 pattern in) ArgLead.  Vim will filter the candidates with its regexp engine
-after function return, and this is probably more efficient in most cases. For
-the "customlist" argument, Vim will not filter the returned completion
-candidates and the user supplied function should filter the candidates.
+after function return, and this is probably more efficient in most cases. If
+'wildoptions' contains "fuzzy", then the candidates will be filtered using
+|fuzzy-matching|.  For the "customlist" argument, Vim will not
+filter the returned completion candidates and the user supplied function
+should filter the candidates.
 
 The following example lists user names to a Finger command >
     :com -complete=custom,ListUsers -nargs=1 Finger !finger <args>
@@ -1697,12 +1707,12 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 		Examples: >
 		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file MyEdit
 				\ for f in expand(<q-args>, 0, 1) |
-				\ exe '<mods> split ' . f |
+				\ exe '<mods> split ' .. f |
 				\ endfor
 
 		    function! SpecialEdit(files, mods)
 			for f in expand(a:files, 0, 1)
-			    exe a:mods . ' split ' . f
+			    exe a:mods .. ' split ' .. f
 			endfor
 		    endfunction
 		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file Sedit
@@ -1778,7 +1788,7 @@ This will invoke: >
    :   let i = 0
    :   while i < argc()
    :	  if filereadable(argv(i))
-   :	     execute "e " . argv(i)
+   :	     execute "e " .. argv(i)
    :	     execute a:command
    :      endif
    :      let i = i + 1

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 20
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ USING RESOURCE FILES
 Instead of specifying 'guifontset', you can set X11 resources and Vim will
 pick them up.  This is only for people who know how X resource files work.
 
-For Motif and Athena insert these three lines in your $HOME/.Xdefaults file:
+For Motif insert these three lines in your $HOME/.Xdefaults file:
 
 	Vim.font: |base_font_name_list|
 	Vim*fontSet: |base_font_name_list|
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ internally.
 
 Vim has comprehensive UTF-8 support.  It works well in:
 - xterm with UTF-8 support enabled
-- Athena, Motif and GTK GUI
+- Motif and GTK GUI
 - MS-Windows GUI
 - several other platforms
 

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 27
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -33,7 +33,8 @@ know what the hjkl keys do.  The mnemonic value of hjkl is clear from looking
 at the keyboard.  Think of j as an arrow pointing downwards.
 
 The 'virtualedit' option can be set to make it possible to move the cursor to
-positions where there is no character or halfway a character.
+positions where there is no character or within a multi-column character (like
+a tab).
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Motions and operators				*operator*
@@ -445,35 +446,35 @@ between Vi and Vim.
 5. Text object motions					*object-motions*
 
 							*(*
-(			[count] sentences backward.  |exclusive| motion.
+(			[count] |sentence|s backward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*)*
-)			[count] sentences forward.  |exclusive| motion.
+)			[count] |sentence|s forward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*{*
-{			[count] paragraphs backward.  |exclusive| motion.
+{			[count] |paragraph|s backward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*}*
-}			[count] paragraphs forward.  |exclusive| motion.
+}			[count] |paragraph|s forward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*]]*
-]]			[count] sections forward or to the next '{' in the
+]]			[count] |section|s forward or to the next '{' in the
 			first column.  When used after an operator, then also
 			stops below a '}' in the first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
 							*][*
-][			[count] sections forward or to the next '}' in the
+][			[count] |section|s forward or to the next '}' in the
 			first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
 							*[[*
-[[			[count] sections backward or to the previous '{' in
+[[			[count] |section|s backward or to the previous '{' in
 			the first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
 							*[]*
-[]			[count] sections backward or to the previous '}' in
+[]			[count] |section|s backward or to the previous '}' in
 			the first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
@@ -1019,7 +1020,7 @@ These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
 				:let lnum = line(".")
 				:keepjumps normal gg
 				:call SetLastChange()
-				:keepjumps exe "normal " . lnum . "G"
+				:keepjumps exe "normal " .. lnum .. "G"
 <
 			Note that ":keepjumps" must be used for every command.
 			When invoking a function the commands in that function
@@ -1076,6 +1077,9 @@ The "file/text" column shows the file name, or the text at the jump if it is
 in the current file (an indent is removed and a long line is truncated to fit
 in the window).
 
+The marker ">" indicates the current position in the jumplist.  It may not be
+shown when filtering the |:jumps| command using |:filter|
+
 You are currently in line 1167.  If you then use the CTRL-O command, the
 cursor is put in line 1154.  This results in:
 

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 02
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ In case you do not want the NetBeans interface you can disable it by
 uncommenting a line with "--disable-netbeans" in the Makefile.
 
 Currently the NetBeans interface is supported by Vim running in a terminal and
-by gvim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows,
-Athena and Motif.
+by gvim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows
+and Motif.
 
 							*netbeans-xpm*
 If Motif support is required the user must supply XPM libraries.
-The XPM library is required to show images within Vim with Motif or Athena.
+The XPM library is required to show images within Vim with Motif.
 Without it the toolbar and signs will be disabled.
 
 The XPM library is provided by Arnaud Le Hors of the French National Institute

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 08
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 :se[t] {option}+={value}				*:set+=*
 			Add the {value} to a number option, or append the
 			{value} to a string option.  When the option is a
-			comma separated list, a comma is added, unless the
+			comma-separated list, a comma is added, unless the
 			value was empty.
 			If the option is a list of flags, superfluous flags
 			are removed.  When adding a flag that was already
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 :se[t] {option}^={value}				*:set^=*
 			Multiply the {value} to a number option, or prepend
 			the {value} to a string option.  When the option is a
-			comma separated list, a comma is added, unless the
+			comma-separated list, a comma is added, unless the
 			value was empty.
 			Also see |:set-args| above.
 
@@ -383,12 +383,22 @@ lambda it will be converted to the name, e.g. "<lambda>123".  Examples:
 	set opfunc=function('MyOpFunc')
 	set opfunc=funcref('MyOpFunc')
 	set opfunc={a\ ->\ MyOpFunc(a)}
-	" set using a funcref variable
+
+Set to a script-local function: >
+	set opfunc=s:MyLocalFunc
+	set opfunc=<SID>MyLocalFunc
+In |Vim9| script the "s:" and "<SID>" can be omitted if the function exists in
+the script: >
+	set opfunc=MyLocalFunc
+
+Set using a funcref variable: >
 	let Fn = function('MyTagFunc')
 	let &tagfunc = Fn
-	" set using a lambda expression
+
+Set using a lambda expression: >
 	let &tagfunc = {t -> MyTagFunc(t)}
-	" set using a variable with lambda expression
+
+Set using a variable with lambda expression: >
 	let L = {a, b, c -> MyTagFunc(a, b , c)}
 	let &tagfunc = L
 
@@ -977,7 +987,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	nostop	like start, except CTRL-W and CTRL-U do not stop at the start of
 		insert.
 
-	When the value is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used.
+	When the value is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used, none of
+	the ways mentioned for the items above are possible.
 
 	For backwards compatibility with version 5.4 and earlier:
 	value	effect	~
@@ -1008,7 +1019,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'backupcopy' 'bkc'	string	(Vi default for Unix: "yes", otherwise: "auto")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	When writing a file and a backup is made, this option tells how it's
-	done.  This is a comma separated list of words.
+	done.  This is a comma-separated list of words.
 
 	The main values are:
 	"yes"	make a copy of the file and overwrite the original one
@@ -1032,10 +1043,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  file.
 	- When the file is a link the new file will not be a link.
 
-	The "auto" value is the middle way: When Vim sees that renaming file
-	is possible without side effects (the attributes can be passed on and
-	the file is not a link) that is used.  When problems are expected, a
-	copy will be made.
+	The "auto" value is the middle way: When Vim sees that renaming the
+	file is possible without side effects (the attributes can be passed on
+	and the file is not a link) that is used.  When problems are expected,
+	a copy will be made.
 
 	The "breaksymlink" and "breakhardlink" values can be used in
 	combination with any of "yes", "no" and "auto".  When included, they
@@ -1054,13 +1065,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	When a copy is made, the original file is truncated and then filled
 	with the new text.  This means that protection bits, owner and
-	symbolic links of the original file are unmodified.  The backup file
+	symbolic links of the original file are unmodified.  The backup file,
 	however, is a new file, owned by the user who edited the file.  The
 	group of the backup is set to the group of the original file.  If this
 	fails, the protection bits for the group are made the same as for
 	others.
 
-	When the file is renamed this is the other way around: The backup has
+	When the file is renamed, this is the other way around: The backup has
 	the same attributes of the original file, and the newly written file
 	is owned by the current user.  When the file was a (hard/symbolic)
 	link, the new file will not!  That's why the "auto" value doesn't
@@ -1127,12 +1138,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	accidentally overwriting existing files with a backup file.  You might
 	prefer using ".bak", but make sure that you don't have files with
 	".bak" that you want to keep.
-	Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
+	Only normal file name characters can be used; "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
 
 	If you like to keep a lot of backups, you could use a BufWritePre
 	autocommand to change 'backupext' just before writing the file to
 	include a timestamp. >
-		:au BufWritePre * let &bex = '-' . strftime("%Y%b%d%X") . '~'
+		:au BufWritePre * let &bex = '-' .. strftime("%Y%b%d%X") .. '~'
 <	Use 'backupdir' to put the backup in a different directory.
 
 						*'backupskip'* *'bsk'*
@@ -1157,7 +1168,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	Note that environment variables are not expanded.  If you want to use
 	$HOME you must expand it explicitly, e.g.: >
-		:let &backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'
+		:let &backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') .. '/tmp/*'
 
 <	Note that the default also makes sure that "crontab -e" works (when a
 	backup would be made by renaming the original file crontab won't see
@@ -1208,10 +1219,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The evaluation of the expression must not have side effects!
 	Example: >
     function MyBalloonExpr()
-	return 'Cursor is at line ' . v:beval_lnum .
-		\', column ' . v:beval_col .
-		\ ' of file ' .  bufname(v:beval_bufnr) .
-		\ ' on word "' . v:beval_text . '"'
+	return 'Cursor is at line ' .. v:beval_lnum ..
+		\ ', column ' .. v:beval_col ..
+		\ ' of file ' ..  bufname(v:beval_bufnr) ..
+		\ ' on word "' .. v:beval_text .. '"'
     endfunction
     set bexpr=MyBalloonExpr()
     set ballooneval
@@ -1254,6 +1265,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	separated list of items. For each item that is present, the bell
 	will be silenced. This is most useful to specify specific events in
 	insert mode to be silenced.
+	You can also make it flash by using 'visualbell'.
 
 	item	    meaning when present	~
 	all	    All events.
@@ -1279,6 +1291,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	register    Unknown register after <C-R> in |Insert-mode|.
 	shell	    Bell from shell output |:!|.
 	spell	    Error happened on spell suggest.
+	term	    Bell from |:terminal| output.
 	wildmode    More matches in |cmdline-completion| available
 		    (depends on the 'wildmode' setting).
 
@@ -1391,7 +1404,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'browsedir'* *'bsdir'*
 'browsedir' 'bsdir'	string	(default: "last")
 			global
-			{only for Motif, Athena, GTK, Mac and Win32 GUI}
+			{only for Motif, GTK, Mac and Win32 GUI}
 	Which directory to use for the file browser:
 	   last		Use same directory as with last file browser, where a
 			file was opened or saved.
@@ -1405,16 +1418,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option specifies what happens when a buffer is no longer
 	displayed in a window:
 	  <empty>	follow the global 'hidden' option
-	  hide		hide the buffer (don't unload it), also when 'hidden'
-			is not set
-	  unload	unload the buffer, also when 'hidden' is set or using
-			|:hide|
-	  delete	delete the buffer from the buffer list, also when
-			'hidden' is set or using |:hide|, like using
-			|:bdelete|
-	  wipe		wipe out the buffer from the buffer list, also when
-			'hidden' is set or using |:hide|, like using
-			|:bwipeout|
+	  hide		hide the buffer (don't unload it), even if 'hidden' is
+			not set
+	  unload	unload the buffer, even if 'hidden' is set; the
+			|:hide| command will also unlod the buffer
+	  delete	delete the buffer from the buffer list, even if
+			'hidden' is set; the |:hide| command will also delete
+			the buffer, making it behave like |:bdelete|
+	  wipe		wipe the buffer from the buffer list, even if
+			'hidden' is set; the |:hide| command will also wipe
+			out the buffer, making it behave like |:bwipeout|
 
 	CAREFUL: when "unload", "delete" or "wipe" is used changes in a buffer
 	are lost without a warning.  Also, these values may break autocommands
@@ -1527,7 +1540,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	If the default value taken from $CDPATH is not what you want, include
 	a modified version of the following command in your vimrc file to
 	override it: >
-	  :let &cdpath = ',' . substitute(substitute($CDPATH, '[, ]', '\\\0', 'g'), ':', ',', 'g')
+	  :let &cdpath = ',' .. substitute(substitute($CDPATH, '[, ]', '\\\0', 'g'), ':', ',', 'g')
 <	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 	(parts of 'cdpath' can be passed to the shell to expand file names).
@@ -1572,8 +1585,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		set charconvert=CharConvert()
 		fun CharConvert()
 		  system("recode "
-			\ . v:charconvert_from . ".." . v:charconvert_to
-			\ . " <" . v:fname_in . " >" v:fname_out)
+			\ .. v:charconvert_from .. ".." .. v:charconvert_to
+			\ .. " <" .. v:fname_in .. " >" .. v:fname_out)
 		  return v:shell_error
 		endfun
 <	The related Vim variables are:
@@ -1650,13 +1663,23 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	matter, include the keyword both the uppercase and lowercase:
 	"if,If,IF".
 
-						*'clipboard'* *'cb'*
+						*'cinscopedecls'* *'cinsd'*
+'cinscopedecls' 'cinsd'	string	(default "public,protected,private")
+			local to buffer
+			{not available when compiled without the |+cindent|
+			feature}
+	Keywords that are interpreted as a C++ scope declaration by |cino-g|.
+	Useful e.g. for working with the Qt framework that defines additional
+	scope declarations "signals", "public slots" and "private slots": >
+		set cinscopedecls+=signals,public\ slots,private\ slots
+
+<						*'clipboard'* *'cb'*
 'clipboard' 'cb'	string	(default "autoselect,exclude:cons\|linux"
 						  for X-windows, "" otherwise)
 			global
 			{only in GUI versions or when the |+xterm_clipboard|
 			feature is included}
-	This option is a list of comma separated names.
+	This option is a list of comma-separated names.
 	Note: if one of the items is "exclude:", then you can't add an item
 	after that.  Therefore do append an item with += but use ^= to
 	prepend, e.g.: >
@@ -1757,7 +1780,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to window
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
-	'colorcolumn' is a comma separated list of screen columns that are
+	'colorcolumn' is a comma-separated list of screen columns that are
 	highlighted with ColorColumn |hl-ColorColumn|.  Useful to align
 	text.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
 	The screen column can be an absolute number, or a number preceded with
@@ -1791,7 +1814,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'comments' 'com'	string	(default
 				"s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,b:#,:%,:XCOMM,n:>,fb:-")
 			local to buffer
-	A comma separated list of strings that can start a comment line.  See
+	A comma-separated list of strings that can start a comment line.  See
 	|format-comments|.  See |option-backslash| about using backslashes to
 	insert a space.
 
@@ -1932,7 +1955,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option specifies how keyword completion |ins-completion| works
 	when CTRL-P or CTRL-N are used.  It is also used for whole-line
 	completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|.  It indicates the type of completion
-	and the places to scan.  It is a comma separated list of flags:
+	and the places to scan.  It is a comma-separated list of flags:
 	.	scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
 	w	scan buffers from other windows
 	b	scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
@@ -2001,7 +2024,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'completeopt'* *'cot'*
 'completeopt' 'cot'	string	(default: "menu,preview")
 			global
-	A comma separated list of options for Insert mode completion
+	A comma-separated list of options for Insert mode completion
 	|ins-completion|.  The supported values are:
 
 	   menu	    Use a popup menu to show the possible completions.  The
@@ -2617,7 +2640,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to window
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
-	Comma separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
+	Comma-separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
 	Valid values:
 	"line"		Highlight the text line of the cursor with
 			CursorLine |hl-CursorLine|.
@@ -2897,7 +2920,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'display' 'dy'		string	(default "", set to "truncate" in
 							       |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-	Change the way text is displayed.  This is comma separated list of
+	Change the way text is displayed.  This is comma-separated list of
 	flags:
 	lastline	When included, as much as possible of the last line
 			in a window will be displayed.  "@@@" is put in the
@@ -3101,7 +3124,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	A list of autocommand event names, which are to be ignored.
 	When set to "all" or when "all" is one of the items, all autocommand
 	events are ignored, autocommands will not be executed.
-	Otherwise this is a comma separated list of event names.  Example: >
+	Otherwise this is a comma-separated list of event names.  Example: >
 	    :set ei=WinEnter,WinLeave
 <
 				 *'expandtab'* *'et'* *'noexpandtab'* *'noet'*
@@ -3361,7 +3384,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
 			feature}
 	Characters to fill the statuslines and vertical separators.
-	It is a comma separated list of items:
+	It is a comma-separated list of items:
 
 	  item		default		Used for ~
 	  stl:c		' ' or '^'	statusline of the current window
@@ -3551,7 +3574,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
 			feature}
 	Specifies for which type of commands folds will be opened, if the
-	command moves the cursor into a closed fold.  It is a comma separated
+	command moves the cursor into a closed fold.  It is a comma-separated
 	list of items.
 	NOTE: When the command is part of a mapping this option is not used.
 	Add the |zv| command to the mapping to get the same effect.
@@ -3769,7 +3792,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For a console the 't_SI', 't_SR', and 't_EI' escape sequences are
 	used.
 
-	The option is a comma separated list of parts.  Each part consist of a
+	The option is a comma-separated list of parts.  Each part consist of a
 	mode-list and an argument-list:
 		mode-list:argument-list,mode-list:argument-list,..
 	The mode-list is a dash separated list of these modes:
@@ -3888,7 +3911,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'guioptions'* *'go'*
 'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "egmrLtT"   (MS-Windows,
 					   "t" is removed in |defaults.vim|),
-					 "aegimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena),
+					 "aegimrLtT" (GTK and Motif),
 					 )
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
@@ -3969,13 +3992,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*'go-g'*
 	  'g'	Grey menu items: Make menu items that are not active grey.  If
 		'g' is not included inactive menu items are not shown at all.
-		Exception: Athena will always use grey menu items.
 								*'go-t'*
 	  't'	Include tearoff menu items.  Currently only works for Win32,
 		GTK+, and Motif 1.2 GUI.
 								*'go-T'*
-	  'T'	Include Toolbar.  Currently only in Win32, GTK+, Motif, Photon
-		and Athena GUIs.
+	  'T'	Include Toolbar.  Currently only in Win32, GTK+, Motif and
+		Photon GUIs.
 								*'go-r'*
 	  'r'	Right-hand scrollbar is always present.
 								*'go-R'*
@@ -4028,7 +4050,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'guitablabel' 'gtl'	string	(default empty)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
-	When nonempty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
+	When non-empty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
 	pages line.  When empty and when the result is empty Vim will use a
 	default label.  See |setting-guitablabel| for more info.
 
@@ -4046,7 +4068,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'guitabtooltip' 'gtt'	string	(default empty)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
-	When nonempty describes the text to use in a tooltip for the GUI tab
+	When non-empty describes the text to use in a tooltip for the GUI tab
 	pages line.  When empty Vim will use a default tooltip.
 	This option is otherwise just like 'guitablabel' above.
 	You can include a line break.  Simplest method is to use |:let|: >
@@ -4081,7 +4103,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_lang|
 			feature}
-	Comma separated list of languages.  Vim will use the first language
+	Comma-separated list of languages.  Vim will use the first language
 	for which the desired help can be found.  The English help will always
 	be used as a last resort.  You can add "en" to prefer English over
 	another language, but that will only find tags that exist in that
@@ -4100,10 +4122,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When off a buffer is unloaded when it is |abandon|ed.  When on a
 	buffer becomes hidden when it is |abandon|ed.  If the buffer is still
 	displayed in another window, it does not become hidden, of course.
+
 	The commands that move through the buffer list sometimes make a buffer
-	hidden although the 'hidden' option is off: When the buffer is
-	modified, 'autowrite' is off or writing is not possible, and the '!'
-	flag was used.  See also |windows.txt|.
+	hidden even if the 'hidden' option is off when these three are true:
+	- the buffer is modified
+	- 'autowrite' is off or writing is not possible
+	- the '!' flag was used
+	Also see |windows.txt|.
+
 	To only make one buffer hidden use the 'bufhidden' option.
 	This option is set for one command with ":hide {command}" |:hide|.
 	WARNING: It's easy to forget that you have changes in hidden buffers.
@@ -4129,7 +4155,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     z:StatusLineTerm,Z:StatusLineTermNC")
 			global
 	This option can be used to set highlighting mode for various
-	occasions.  It is a comma separated list of character pairs.  The
+	occasions.  It is a comma-separated list of character pairs.  The
 	first character in a pair gives the occasion, the second the mode to
 	use for that occasion.  The occasions are:
 	|hl-SpecialKey|	 8  Meta and special keys listed with ":map"
@@ -4141,6 +4167,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ErrorMsg|	 e  error messages
 			 h  (obsolete, ignored)
 	|hl-IncSearch|	 i  'incsearch' highlighting
+	|hl-CurSearch|	 y  current instance of last search pattern
 	|hl-Search|	 l  last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch')
 	|hl-MoreMsg|	 m  |more-prompt|
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
@@ -4384,7 +4411,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|i_CTRL-^|.
 	The value is set to 1 when setting 'keymap' to a valid keymap name.
 	It is also used for the argument of commands like "r" and "f".
-	The value 0 may not work correctly with Athena and Motif with some XIM
+	The value 0 may not work correctly with Motif with some XIM
 	methods.  Use 'imdisable' to disable XIM then.
 
 	You can set 'imactivatefunc' and 'imstatusfunc' to handle IME/XIM
@@ -4405,7 +4432,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|c_CTRL-^|.
 	The value is set to 1 when it is not -1 and setting the 'keymap'
 	option to a valid keymap name.
-	The value 0 may not work correctly with Athena and Motif with some XIM
+	The value 0 may not work correctly with Motif with some XIM
 	methods.  Use 'imdisable' to disable XIM then.
 
 						*'imstatusfunc'* *'imsf'*
@@ -4796,7 +4823,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					*'keymodel'* *'km'*
 'keymodel' 'km'		string	(default "")
 			global
-	List of comma separated words, which enable special things that keys
+	List of comma-separated words, which enable special things that keys
 	can do.  These values can be used:
 	   startsel	Using a shifted special key starts selection (either
 			Select mode or Visual mode, depending on "key" being
@@ -4877,7 +4904,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			|+multi_lang| features}
 	Language to use for menu translation.  Tells which file is loaded
 	from the "lang" directory in 'runtimepath': >
-		"lang/menu_" . &langmenu . ".vim"
+		"lang/menu_" .. &langmenu .. ".vim"
 <	(without the spaces).  For example, to always use the Dutch menus, no
 	matter what $LANG is set to: >
 		:set langmenu=nl_NL.ISO_8859-1
@@ -4997,7 +5024,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not available when compiled without the |+lispindent|
 			feature}
-	Comma separated list of words that influence the Lisp indenting.
+	Comma-separated list of words that influence the Lisp indenting.
 	|'lisp'|
 
 						*'list'* *'nolist'*
@@ -5021,7 +5048,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'listchars' 'lcs'	string	(default "eol:$")
 			global or local to window |global-local|
 	Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the |:list| command.  It is a
-	comma separated list of string settings.
+	comma-separated list of string settings.
 							*lcs-eol*
 	  eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
 			omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
@@ -5506,6 +5533,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	The 'mousemodel' option is set by the |:behave| command.
 
+						*'mousemoveevent'* *'mousemev'*
+'mousemoveevent' 'mousemev'  boolean	(default off)
+			global
+			{only works in the GUI}
+	When on, mouse move events are delivered to the input queue and are
+	available for mapping. The default, off, avoids the mouse movement
+	overhead except when needed. See |gui-mouse-mapping|.
+	Warning: Setting this option can make pending mappings to be aborted
+	when the mouse is moved.
+	Currently only works in the GUI, may be made to work in a terminal
+	later.
+
 					*'mouseshape'* *'mouses'* *E547*
 'mouseshape' 'mouses'	string	(default "i-r:beam,s:updown,sd:udsizing,
 					vs:leftright,vd:lrsizing,m:no,
@@ -5514,7 +5553,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{only available when compiled with the |+mouseshape|
 			feature}
 	This option tells Vim what the mouse pointer should look like in
-	different modes.  The option is a comma separated list of parts, much
+	different modes.  The option is a comma-separated list of parts, much
 	like used for 'guicursor'.  Each part consist of a mode/location-list
 	and an argument-list:
 		mode-list:shape,mode-list:shape,..
@@ -5891,7 +5930,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	To use an environment variable, you probably need to replace the
 	separator.  Here is an example to append $INCL, in which directory
 	names are separated with a semi-colon: >
-		:let &path = &path . "," . substitute($INCL, ';', ',', 'g')
+		:let &path = &path .. "," .. substitute($INCL, ';', ',', 'g')
 <	Replace the ';' with a ':' or whatever separator is used.  Note that
 	this doesn't work when $INCL contains a comma or white space.
 
@@ -6655,7 +6694,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'selectmode'* *'slm'*
 'selectmode' 'slm'	string	(default "")
 			global
-	This is a comma separated list of words, which specifies when to start
+	This is a comma-separated list of words, which specifies when to start
 	Select mode instead of Visual mode, when a selection is started.
 	Possible values:
 	   mouse	when using the mouse
@@ -7274,7 +7313,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	commands.  It must end in ".{encoding}.add".  You need to include the
 	path, otherwise the file is placed in the current directory.
 								*E765*
-	It may also be a comma separated list of names.  A count before the
+	It may also be a comma-separated list of names.  A count before the
 	|zg| and |zw| commands can be used to access each.  This allows using
 	a personal word list file and a project word list file.
 	When a word is added while this option is empty Vim will set it for
@@ -7296,7 +7335,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
-	A comma separated list of word list names.  When the 'spell' option is
+	A comma-separated list of word list names.  When the 'spell' option is
 	on spellchecking will be done for these languages.  Example: >
 		set spelllang=en_us,nl,medical
 <	This means US English, Dutch and medical words are recognized.  Words
@@ -7341,7 +7380,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
-	A comma separated list of options for spell checking:
+	A comma-separated list of options for spell checking:
 	   camel	When a word is CamelCased, assume "Cased" is a
 			separate word: every upper-case character in a word
 			that comes after a lower case character indicates the
@@ -7449,7 +7488,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not available when compiled without the |+statusline|
 			feature}
-	When nonempty, this option determines the content of the status line.
+	When non-empty, this option determines the content of the status line.
 	Also see |status-line|.
 
 	The option consists of printf style '%' items interspersed with
@@ -7646,7 +7685,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the
 			|+file_in_path| feature}
-	Comma separated list of suffixes, which are used when searching for a
+	Comma-separated list of suffixes, which are used when searching for a
 	file for the "gf", "[I", etc. commands.  Example: >
 		:set suffixesadd=.java
 <
@@ -7692,7 +7731,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option controls the behavior when switching between buffers.
 	Mostly for |quickfix| commands some values are also used for other
 	commands, as mentioned below.
-	Possible values (comma separated list):
+	Possible values (comma-separated list):
 	   useopen	If included, jump to the first open window that
 			contains the specified buffer (if there is one).
 			Otherwise: Do not examine other windows.
@@ -7757,7 +7796,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'tabline'* *'tal'*
 'tabline' 'tal'		string	(default empty)
 			global
-	When nonempty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
+	When non-empty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
 	line at the top of the Vim window.  When empty Vim will use a default
 	tab pages line.  See |setting-tabline| for more info.
 
@@ -7849,9 +7888,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	linear search can be avoided when case is ignored.  Use a value of '2'
 	in the "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED" line for this.  A tag file can be case-fold
 	sorted with the -f switch to "sort" in most unices, as in the command:
-	"sort -f -o tags tags".  For "Exuberant ctags" version 5.x or higher
-	(at least 5.5) the --sort=foldcase switch can be used for this as
-	well.  Note that case must be folded to uppercase for this to work.
+	"sort -f -o tags tags".  For Universal ctags and Exuberant ctags
+	version 5.x or higher (at least 5.5) the --sort=foldcase switch can be
+	used for this as well.  Note that case must be folded to uppercase for
+	this to work.
 
 	By default, tag searches are case-sensitive.  Case is ignored when
 	'ignorecase' is set and 'tagcase' is "followic", or when 'tagcase' is
@@ -8308,7 +8348,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 
 	Example: >
-    :auto BufEnter * let &titlestring = hostname() . "/" . expand("%:p")
+    :auto BufEnter * let &titlestring = hostname() .. "/" .. expand("%:p")
     :set title titlestring=%<%F%=%l/%L-%P titlelen=70
 <	The value of 'titlelen' is used to align items in the middle or right
 	of the available space.
@@ -8324,8 +8364,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				*'toolbar'* *'tb'*
 'toolbar' 'tb'		string	(default "icons,tooltips")
 			global
-			{only for |+GUI_GTK|, |+GUI_Athena|, |+GUI_Motif| and
-			|+GUI_Photon|}
+			{only for |+GUI_GTK|, |+GUI_Motif| and |+GUI_Photon|}
 	The contents of this option controls various toolbar settings.  The
 	possible values are:
 		icons		Toolbar buttons are shown with icons.
@@ -8339,7 +8378,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	If you want the toolbar to be shown with icons as well as text, do the
 	following: >
 		:set tb=icons,text
-<	Motif and Athena cannot display icons and text at the same time.  They
+<	Motif cannot display icons and text at the same time.  They
 	will show icons if both are requested.
 
 	If none of the strings specified in 'toolbar' are valid or if
@@ -8658,7 +8697,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+mksession|
 			feature}
-	Changes the effect of the |:mkview| command.  It is a comma separated
+	Changes the effect of the |:mkview| command.  It is a comma-separated
 	list of words.  Each word enables saving and restoring something:
 	   word		save and restore ~
 	   cursor	cursor position in file and in window
@@ -8688,7 +8727,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When non-empty, the viminfo file is read upon startup and written
 	when exiting Vim (see |viminfo-file|). Except when 'viminfofile' is
 	"NONE".
-	The string should be a comma separated list of parameters, each
+	The string should be a comma-separated list of parameters, each
 	consisting of a single character identifying the particular parameter,
 	followed by a number or string which specifies the value of that
 	parameter.  If a particular character is left out, then the default
@@ -8811,7 +8850,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					    *'virtualedit'* *'ve'*
 'virtualedit' 've'	string	(default "")
 			global or local to window |global-local|
-	A comma separated list of these words:
+	A comma-separated list of these words:
 	    block	Allow virtual editing in Visual block mode.
 	    insert	Allow virtual editing in Insert mode.
 	    all		Allow virtual editing in all modes.
@@ -9027,7 +9066,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'wildmode' 'wim'	string	(Vim default: "full")
 			global
 	Completion mode that is used for the character specified with
-	'wildchar'.  It is a comma separated list of up to four parts.  Each
+	'wildchar'.  It is a comma-separated list of up to four parts.  Each
 	part specifies what to do for each consecutive use of 'wildchar'.  The
 	first part specifies the behavior for the first use of 'wildchar',
 	The second part for the second use, etc.
@@ -9077,6 +9116,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	A list of words that change how |cmdline-completion| is done.
 	The following values are supported:
+	  fuzzy		Use |fuzzy-matching| to find completion matches. When
+			this value is specified, wildcard expansion will not
+			be used for completion.  The matches will be sorted by
+			the "best match" rather than alphabetically sorted.
+			This will find more matches than the wildcard
+			expansion. Currently fuzzy matching based completion
+			is not supported for file and directory names and
+			instead wildcard expansion is used.
 	  pum		Display the completion matches using the popupmenu
 			in the same style as the |ins-completion-menu|.
 	  tagfile	When using CTRL-D to list matching tags, the kind of

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -603,13 +603,13 @@ program to the new diff on VMS.  Add this to your .vimrc file: >
 	function MyDiff()
 	   let opt = ""
 	   if &diffopt =~ "icase"
-	     let opt = opt . "-i "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-i "
 	   endif
 	   if &diffopt =~ "iwhite"
-	     let opt = opt . "-b "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-b "
 	   endif
-	   silent execute "!mc GNU:diff.exe -a " . opt . v:fname_in . " " .  v:fname_new .
-		\  " > " . v:fname_out
+	   silent execute "!mc GNU:diff.exe -a " .. opt .. v:fname_in .. " " ..  v:fname_new ..
+		\  " > " .. v:fname_out
 	endfunction
       endif
 

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Apr 05
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start". For
        /b    no console window will be opened
    You can use only one of these flags at a time.  A second one will be
    treated as the start of the command.
-
+						*windows-asynchronously*
 Q. How do I avoid getting a window for programs that I run asynchronously?
 A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
    1) You may use the /min flag in order to run program in a minimized state
@@ -308,17 +308,17 @@ A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
 
    Example for a console application, run Exuberant ctags: >
         :!start /min ctags -R .
-<  When it has finished you should see file named "tags" in your current
+<   When it has finished you should see file named "tags" in your current
    directory.  You should notice the window title blinking on your taskbar.
    This is more noticeable for commands that take longer.
    Now delete the "tags" file and run this command: >
         :!start /b ctags -R .
-<  You should have the same "tags" file, but this time there will be no
+<   You should have the same "tags" file, but this time there will be no
    blinking on the taskbar.
    Example for a GUI application: >
         :!start /min notepad
         :!start /b notepad
-<  The first command runs notepad minimized and the second one runs it
+<   The first command runs notepad minimized and the second one runs it
    normally.
 
 						*windows-icon*

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 04
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 8. Composing characters		|patterns-composing|
 9. Compare with Perl patterns	|perl-patterns|
 10. Highlighting matches	|match-highlight|
-11. Fuzzy matching		|fuzzy-match|
+11. Fuzzy matching		|fuzzy-matching|
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Search commands				*search-commands*
@@ -164,9 +164,12 @@ index, on which the cursor is. This can look like this: >
 Note: the count does not take offset into account.
 
 When no match is found you get the error: *E486* Pattern not found
-Note that for the |:global| command this behaves like a normal message, for Vi
-compatibility.  For the |:s| command the "e" flag can be used to avoid the
-error message |:s_flags|.
+Note that for the `:global` command, when used in legacy script, you get a
+normal message "Pattern not found", for Vi compatibility.
+In |Vim9| script you get E486 for "pattern not found" or *E538* when the pattern
+matches in every line with `:vglobal`.
+For the |:s| command the "e" flag can be used to avoid the error message
+|:s_flags|.
 
 					*search-offset* *{offset}*
 These commands search for the specified pattern.  With "/" and "?" an
@@ -963,7 +966,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	the cursor moves the display isn't updated for this change.  An update
 	is done when using the |CTRL-L| command (the whole screen is updated).
 	Example, to highlight the column where the cursor currently is: >
-		:exe '/\%' . col(".") . 'c'
+		:exe '/\%' .. col(".") .. 'c'
 <	Alternatively use: >
 		/\%.c
 <	When 'hlsearch' is set and you move the cursor around and make changes
@@ -1457,7 +1460,7 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
 		":2match" for another plugin.
 
 ==============================================================================
-11. Fuzzy matching					*fuzzy-match*
+11. Fuzzy matching					*fuzzy-matching*
 
 Fuzzy matching refers to matching strings using a non-exact search string.
 Fuzzy matching will match a string, if all the characters in the search string

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Aug 16
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ itself:
      fun! NetReadFixup(method, line1, line2)
        if method == 3   " ftp (no <.netrc>)
         let fourblanklines= line2 - 3
-        silent fourblanklines.",".line2."g/^\s*/d"
+        silent fourblanklines .. "," .. line2 .. "g/^\s*/d"
        endif
      endfunction
     endif
@@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ To use this function, simply assign its output to |g:netrw_list_hide| option.  >
 	Example: let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide('my_gitignore_file')
 		Function can take additional files with git-ignore patterns.
 
-	Example: g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide() . '.*\.swp$'
+	Example: let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide() .. '.*\.swp$'
 		Combining 'netrw_gitignore#Hide' with custom patterns.
 <
 
@@ -2815,7 +2815,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				= 2: wide listing (multiple files in columns)
 				= 3: tree style listing
 
-  *g:netrw_list_hide*		comma separated pattern list for hiding files
+  *g:netrw_list_hide*		comma-separated pattern list for hiding files
 				Patterns are regular expressions (see |regexp|)
 				There's some special support for git-ignore
 				files: you may add the output from the helper
@@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 
 				Examples:
 				 let g:netrw_list_hide= '.*\.swp$'
-				 let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide().'.*\.swp$'
+				 let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide() .. '.*\.swp$'
 				default: ""
 
   *g:netrw_localcopycmd*	="cp"           Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -271,6 +271,11 @@ popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
 		'buftype' set to "popup".  That buffer will be wiped out once
 		the popup closes.
 
+		if {what} is a buffer number and loading the buffer runs into
+		an existing swap file, it is silently opened read-only, as if
+		a |SwapExists| autocommand had set |v:swapchoice| to 'o'.
+		This is because we assume the buffer is only used for viewing.
+
 		{options} is a dictionary with many possible entries.
 		See |popup_create-arguments| for details.
 

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -139,28 +139,28 @@ If there is no error, return zero or an empty string.
 The default for non MS-Windows or VMS systems is to simply use "lpr" to print
 the file: >
 
-    system('lpr' . (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' -P' . &printdevice)
-	. ' ' . v:fname_in) . delete(v:fname_in) + v:shell_error
+    system('lpr' .. (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' -P' .. &printdevice)
+	.. ' ' .. v:fname_in) .. delete(v:fname_in) + v:shell_error
 
 On MS-Windows machines the default is to copy the file to the currently
 specified printdevice: >
 
-    system('copy' . ' ' . v:fname_in . (&printdevice == ''
-		? ' LPT1:' : (' \"' . &printdevice . '\"')))
-		. delete(v:fname_in)
+    system('copy' .. ' ' .. v:fname_in .. (&printdevice == ''
+		? ' LPT1:' : (' \"' .. &printdevice .. '\"')))
+		.. delete(v:fname_in)
 
 On VMS machines the default is to send the file to either the default or
 currently specified printdevice: >
 
-    system('print' . (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' /queue=' .
-		&printdevice) . ' ' . v:fname_in) . delete(v:fname_in)
+    system('print' .. (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' /queue=' ..
+		&printdevice) .. ' ' .. v:fname_in) .. delete(v:fname_in)
 
 If you change this option, using a function is an easy way to avoid having to
 escape all the spaces.  Example: >
 
 	:set printexpr=PrintFile(v:fname_in)
 	:function PrintFile(fname)
-	:  call system("ghostview " . a:fname)
+	:  call system("ghostview " .. a:fname)
 	:  call delete(a:fname)
 	:  return v:shell_error
 	:endfunc

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 08
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			cursor position will not be changed. See |:cexpr| for
 			more information.
 			Example: >
-    :g/mypattern/caddexpr expand("%") . ":" . line(".") .  ":" . getline(".")
+    :g/mypattern/caddexpr expand("%") .. ":" .. line(".") ..  ":" .. getline(".")
 <
 						*:lad* *:addd* *:laddexpr*
 :lad[dexpr] {expr}	Same as ":caddexpr", except the location list for the
@@ -654,6 +654,27 @@ quickfix window.  If there already is a window for that file, it is used
 instead.  If the buffer in the used window has changed, and the error is in
 another file, jumping to the error will fail.  You will first have to make
 sure the window contains a buffer which can be abandoned.
+
+When you select a file from the quickfix window, the following steps are used
+to find a window to edit the file:
+
+1. If a window displaying the selected file is present in the current tabpage
+   (starting with the window before the quickfix window), then that window is
+   used.
+2. If the above step fails and if 'switchbuf' contains "usetab" and a window
+   displaying the selected file is present in any one of the tabpages
+   (starting with the first tabpage) then that window is used.
+3. If the above step fails then a window in the current tabpage displaying a
+   buffer with 'buftype' not set (starting with the window before the quickfix
+   window) is used.
+4. If the above step fails and if 'switchbuf' contains "uselast", then the
+   previously accessed window is used.
+5. If the above step fails then the window before the quickfix window is used.
+   If there is no previous window, then the window after the quickfix window
+   is used.
+6. If the above step fails, then a new horizontally split window above the
+   quickfix window is used.
+
 					*CTRL-W_<Enter>* *CTRL-W_<CR>*
 You can use CTRL-W <Enter> to open a new window and jump to the error there.
 
@@ -663,7 +684,7 @@ FileType event (also see |qf.vim|).  Then the BufReadPost event is triggered,
 using "quickfix" for the buffer name.  This can be used to perform some action
 on the listed errors.  Example: >
 	au BufReadPost quickfix  setlocal modifiable
-		\ | silent exe 'g/^/s//\=line(".")." "/'
+		\ | silent exe 'g/^/s//\=line(".") .. " "/'
 		\ | setlocal nomodifiable
 This prepends the line number to each line.  Note the use of "\=" in the
 substitute string of the ":s" command, which is used to evaluate an
@@ -692,13 +713,15 @@ this window, the displayed location list is used.
 When you select a file from the location list window, the following steps are
 used to find a window to edit the file:
 
-1. If a window with the location list displayed in the location list window is
-   present, then the file is opened in that window.
-2. If the above step fails and if the file is already opened in another
-   window, then that window is used.
-3. If the above step fails then an existing window showing a buffer with
-   'buftype' not set is used.
-4. If the above step fails, then the file is edited in a new window.
+1. If a non-quickfix window associated with the location list is present in
+   the current tabpage, then that window is used.
+2. If the above step fails and if the file is already opened in another window
+   in the current tabpage, then that window is used.
+3. If the above step fails and 'switchbuf' contains "usetab" and if the file
+   is opened in a window in any one of the tabpages, then that window is used.
+4. If the above step fails then a window in the current tabpage showing a
+   buffer with 'buftype' not set is used.
+5. If the above step fails, then the file is edited in a new window.
 
 In all of the above cases, if the location list for the selected window is not
 yet set, then it is set to the location list displayed in the location list
@@ -1037,7 +1060,7 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 			     matching is used to find matching lines. In this
 			     case, {pattern} is treated as a literal string
 			     instead of a regular expression.  See
-			     |fuzzy-match| for more information about fuzzy
+			     |fuzzy-matching| for more information about fuzzy
 			     matching strings.
 
 			|QuickFixCmdPre| and |QuickFixCmdPost| are triggered.

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 21
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -643,6 +643,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'cinkeys'	  'cink'    keys that trigger indent when 'cindent' is set
 'cinoptions'	  'cino'    how to do indenting when 'cindent' is set
 'cinwords'	  'cinw'    words where 'si' and 'cin' add an indent
+'cinscopedecls'	  'cinsd'   words that are recognized by 'cino-g' 
 'clipboard'	  'cb'	    use the clipboard as the unnamed register
 'cmdheight'	  'ch'	    number of lines to use for the command-line
 'cmdwinheight'	  'cwh'     height of the command-line window
@@ -814,6 +815,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'mousefocus'	  'mousef'  keyboard focus follows the mouse
 'mousehide'	  'mh'	    hide mouse pointer while typing
 'mousemodel'	  'mousem'  changes meaning of mouse buttons
+'mousemoveevent'  'mousemev'  report mouse moves with <MouseMove>
 'mouseshape'	  'mouses'  shape of the mouse pointer in different modes
 'mousetime'	  'mouset'  max time between mouse double-click
 'mzquantum'	  'mzq'     the interval between polls for MzScheme threads

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 27
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -120,6 +120,10 @@ when sending command to it.
 
 The --serverlist argument will cause Vim to print a list of registered command
 servers on the standard output (stdout) and exit.
+							*{server}*
+The {server} argument is used by several functions.  When this is an empty
+string then on Unix the default server name is used, which is "GVIM".  On
+MS-Windows an empty string does not work.
 
 Win32 Note: Making the Vim server go to the foreground doesn't always work,
 because MS-Windows doesn't allow it.  The client will move the server to the

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -197,6 +197,41 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 :so[urce] {file}	Read Ex commands from {file}.  These are commands that
 			start with a ":".
 			Triggers the |SourcePre| autocommand.
+
+:[range]so[urce] [++clear]
+			Read Ex commands from the [range] of lines in the
+			current buffer.
+
+			When sourcing commands from the current buffer, the
+			same script-ID |<SID>| is used even if the buffer is
+			sourced multiple times. If a buffer is sourced more
+			than once, then the functions in the buffer are
+			defined again.
+
+			To source a range of lines that doesn't start with the
+			|:vim9script| command in Vim9 script context, the
+			|:vim9cmd| modifier can be used.  If you use a Visual
+			selection and type ":", the range in the form "'<,'>"
+			can come before it: >
+				:'<,'>vim9cmd source
+<			Otherwise the range goes after the modifier and must
+			have a colon prefixed, like all Vim9 ranges: >
+				:vim9cmd :5,9source
+
+<			When a range of lines in a buffer is sourced in the
+			Vim9 script context, the previously defined
+			script-local variables and functions are not cleared.
+			This works like the range started with the
+			":vim9script noclear" command.  The "++clear" argument
+			can be used to clear the script-local variables and
+			functions before sourcing the script. This works like
+			the range started with the `:vim9script` command
+			without the "noclear" argument. See |vim9-reload| for
+			more information.
+			Examples: >
+				:4,5source
+				:10,18source ++clear
+
 							*:source!*
 :so[urce]! {file}	Read Vim commands from {file}.  These are commands
 			that are executed from Normal mode, like you type
@@ -419,10 +454,10 @@ An alternative is to put the commands in a file, and execute them with the
 ':source!' command.  Useful for long command sequences.  Can be combined with
 the ':map' command to put complicated commands under a function key.
 
-The ':source' command reads Ex commands from a file line by line.  You will
-have to type any needed keyboard input.  The ':source!' command reads from a
-script file character by character, interpreting each character as if you
-typed it.
+The ':source' command reads Ex commands from a file or a buffer line by line.
+You will have to type any needed keyboard input.  The ':source!' command reads
+from a script file character by character, interpreting each character as if
+you typed it.
 
 Example: When you give the ":!ls" command you get the |hit-enter| prompt.  If
 you ':source' a file with the line "!ls" in it, you will have to type the
@@ -1008,18 +1043,24 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 
 
 :prof[ile] start {fname}			*:prof* *:profile* *E750*
-		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit.
+		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit or when
+		a `:profile stop` or `:profile dump` command is invoked.
 		"~/" and environment variables in {fname} will be expanded.
 		If {fname} already exists it will be silently overwritten.
 		The variable |v:profiling| is set to one.
 
+:prof[ile] stop
+		Write the collected profiling information to the logfile and
+		stop profiling. You can use the `:profile start` command to
+		clear the profiling statistics and start profiling again.
+
 :prof[ile] pause
-		Don't profile until the following ":profile continue".  Can be
+		Don't profile until the following `:profile continue`.  Can be
 		used when doing something that should not be counted (e.g., an
 		external command).  Does not nest.
 
 :prof[ile] continue
-		Continue profiling after ":profile pause".
+		Continue profiling after `:profile pause`.
 
 :prof[ile] func {pattern}
 		Profile function that matches the pattern {pattern}.
@@ -1036,11 +1077,17 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 		after this command.  A :profile command in the script itself
 		won't work.
 
+:prof[ile] dump
+		Write the current state of profiling to the logfile
+		immediately.  After running this command, Vim continues to
+		collect the profiling statistics.
 
 :profd[el] ...						*:profd* *:profdel*
 		Stop profiling for the arguments specified. See |:breakdel|
-		for the arguments.
-
+		for the arguments. Examples: >
+			profdel func MyFunc
+			profdel file MyScript.vim
+			profdel here
 
 You must always start with a ":profile start fname" command.  The resulting
 file is written when Vim exits.  For example, to profile one specific

runtime/doc/rileft.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*rileft.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jun 13
+*rileft.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Avner Lottem
@@ -110,9 +110,6 @@ o  Does not support reverse insert and rightleft modes on the command-line.
 o  Somewhat slower in right-to-left mode, because right-to-left motion is
    emulated inside Vim, not by the controlling terminal.
 
-o  When the Athena GUI is used, the bottom scrollbar works in the wrong
-   direction.  This is difficult to fix.
-
 o  When both 'rightleft' and 'revins' are on: 'textwidth' does not work.
    Lines do not wrap at all; you just get a single, long line.
 

runtime/doc/scroll.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 13
+*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ dragging the scrollbar of the current window.  How many lines are scrolled
 depends on your mouse driver.  If the scroll action causes input focus
 problems, see |intellimouse-wheel-problems|.
 
-For the X11 GUIs (Motif, Athena and GTK) scrolling the wheel generates key
+For the X11 GUIs (Motif and GTK) scrolling the wheel generates key
 presses <ScrollWheelUp>, <ScrollWheelDown>, <ScrollWheelLeft> and
 <ScrollWheelRight>.  For example, if you push the scroll wheel upwards a
 <ScrollWheelUp> key press is generated causing the window to scroll upwards

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ precedence, otherwise the 'cursorline' highlighting.
 Here is an example that places a sign "piet", displayed with the text ">>", in
 line 23 of the current file: >
 	:sign define piet text=>> texthl=Search
-	:exe ":sign place 2 line=23 name=piet file=" . expand("%:p")
+	:exe ":sign place 2 line=23 name=piet file=" .. expand("%:p")
 
 And here is the command to delete it again: >
 	:sign unplace 2

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ zuG			Undo |zW| and |zG|, remove the word from the internal
 			rare as this is a fairly uncommon command and all
 			intuitive commands for this are already taken. If you
 			want you can add mappings with e.g.: >
-		nnoremap z?  :exe ':spellrare  ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
-		nnoremap z/  :exe ':spellrare! ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+		nnoremap z?  :exe ':spellrare  ' .. expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+		nnoremap z/  :exe ':spellrare! ' .. expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
 <			|:spellundo|, |zuw|, or |zuW| can be used to undo this.
 
 :spellr[rare]! {word}	Add {word} as a rare word to the internal word

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 01
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -344,6 +344,12 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		Example: >
 			vim -V20vimlog foobar
 <
+--log {filename}					*--log*
+		Start logging and write entries to {filename}.
+		This works like calling `ch_logfile({filename}, 'a')` very
+		early during startup.
+		{only available with the +channel feature}
+
 							*-D*
 -D		Debugging.  Go to debugging mode when executing the first
 		command from a script. |debug-mode|
@@ -564,6 +570,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		{scriptout} cannot start with a digit.
 		If you want to record what is typed in a human readable for
 		you can use |ch_logfile()|, It adds "raw key input" lines.
+		Also see |--log|.
 
 							*-W*
 -W {scriptout}	Like -w, but do not append, overwrite an existing file.
@@ -1378,7 +1385,7 @@ resulting file, when executed with a ":source" command:
 After restoring the Session, the full filename of your current Session is
 available in the internal variable "v:this_session" |this_session-variable|.
 An example mapping: >
-  :nmap <F2> :wa<Bar>exe "mksession! " . v:this_session<CR>:so ~/sessions/
+  :nmap <F2> :wa<Bar>exe "mksession! " .. v:this_session<CR>:so ~/sessions/
 This saves the current Session, and starts off the command to load another.
 
 A session includes all tab pages, unless "tabpages" was removed from

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 06
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
 
 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
 and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*".  However, Vim does not give
-an error when using other characters.  The maxium length of a group name is
+an error when using other characters.  The maximum length of a group name is
 about 200 bytes.  *E1249*
 
 To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
 so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
 larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
 
-	:let g:html_id_expr = '"_".bufnr("%")'
+	:let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
 <
 To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
 
@@ -3607,8 +3607,8 @@ Do you want to draw with the mouse?  Try the following: >
    :function! GetPixel()
    :   let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
    :   echo c
-   :   exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r".c
-   :   exe "noremap <LeftDrag>	<LeftMouse>r".c
+   :   exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
+   :   exe "noremap <LeftDrag>	<LeftMouse>r" .. c
    :endfunction
    :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
    :set guicursor=n:hor20	   " to see the color beneath the cursor
@@ -4452,7 +4452,7 @@ Leading context			*:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
 
 Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
 with previous Vim versions.  It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
-in the pattern.
+in the pattern.  You can also often use |/\zs|.
 
 The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
 be present, but is not considered part of the match.  An offset of "lc=n" will
@@ -4898,7 +4898,7 @@ in their own color.
 :hi[ghlight] {group-name}
 			List one highlight group.
 
-						*highlight-clear*
+						*highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
 :hi[ghlight] clear	Reset all highlighting to the defaults.  Removes all
 			highlighting for groups added by the user!
 			Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
@@ -4961,7 +4961,7 @@ the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
 					*inverse* *italic* *standout*
 					*nocombine* *strikethrough*
 term={attr-list}			*attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
-	attr-list is a comma separated list (without spaces) of the
+	attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
 	following items (in any order):
 		bold
 		underline
@@ -5145,7 +5145,7 @@ font={font-name}					*highlight-font*
 	When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
 	font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
 	used).
-	The following only works with Motif and Athena, not with other GUIs:
+	The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
 	When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
 	When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
 	changed.
@@ -5318,6 +5318,8 @@ QuickFixLine	Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
 							*hl-Search*
 Search		Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
 		Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
+							*hl-CurSearch*
+CurSearch	Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
 							*hl-SpecialKey*
 SpecialKey	Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
 		to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
@@ -5382,7 +5384,7 @@ Menu		Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
 		Also used for the toolbar.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
+		NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
 		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
 		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
 		set.
@@ -5396,7 +5398,7 @@ Scrollbar	Current background and foreground of the main window's
 Tooltip		Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
+		NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
 		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
 		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
 		set.
@@ -5553,11 +5555,12 @@ WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
 memory Vim will consume.
 
 Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too.  For this you
-must use Exuberant ctags (found at http://ctags.sf.net).
+must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
+at http://ctags.sf.net).
 
 Put these lines in your Makefile:
 
-# Make a highlight file for types.  Requires Exuberant ctags and awk
+# Make a highlight file for types.  Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
 types: types.vim
 types.vim: *.[ch]
 	ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
@@ -5567,9 +5570,9 @@ types.vim: *.[ch]
 And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
 
    " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
-   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') . '/types.vim'
+   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
    autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
-   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch]   exe 'so ' . fname
+   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch]   exe 'so ' .. fname
    autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -381,24 +381,24 @@ pages and define labels for them.  Then get the label for each tab page. >
 	  for i in range(tabpagenr('$'))
 	    " select the highlighting
 	    if i + 1 == tabpagenr()
-	      let s .= '%#TabLineSel#'
+	      let s ..= '%#TabLineSel#'
 	    else
-	      let s .= '%#TabLine#'
+	      let s ..= '%#TabLine#'
 	    endif
 
 	    " set the tab page number (for mouse clicks)
-	    let s .= '%' . (i + 1) . 'T'
+	    let s ..= '%' .. (i + 1) .. 'T'
 
 	    " the label is made by MyTabLabel()
-	    let s .= ' %{MyTabLabel(' . (i + 1) . ')} '
+	    let s ..= ' %{MyTabLabel(' .. (i + 1) .. ')} '
 	  endfor
 
 	  " after the last tab fill with TabLineFill and reset tab page nr
-	  let s .= '%#TabLineFill#%T'
+	  let s ..= '%#TabLineFill#%T'
 
 	  " right-align the label to close the current tab page
 	  if tabpagenr('$') > 1
-	    let s .= '%=%#TabLine#%999Xclose'
+	    let s ..= '%=%#TabLine#%999Xclose'
 	  endif
 
 	  return s
@@ -461,14 +461,14 @@ windows in the tab page and a '+' if there is a modified buffer: >
 	  " Append the number of windows in the tab page if more than one
 	  let wincount = tabpagewinnr(v:lnum, '$')
 	  if wincount > 1
-	    let label .= wincount
+	    let label ..= wincount
 	  endif
 	  if label != ''
-	    let label .= ' '
+	    let label ..= ' '
 	  endif
 
 	  " Append the buffer name
-	  return label . bufname(bufnrlist[tabpagewinnr(v:lnum) - 1])
+	  return label .. bufname(bufnrlist[tabpagewinnr(v:lnum) - 1])
 	endfunction
 
 	set guitablabel=%{GuiTabLabel()}

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -134,6 +134,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'cinkeys'	options.txt	/*'cinkeys'*
 'cino'	options.txt	/*'cino'*
 'cinoptions'	options.txt	/*'cinoptions'*
+'cinscopedecls'	options.txt	/*'cinscopedecls'*
+'cinsd'	options.txt	/*'cinsd'*
 'cinw'	options.txt	/*'cinw'*
 'cinwords'	options.txt	/*'cinwords'*
 'clipboard'	options.txt	/*'clipboard'*
@@ -487,7 +489,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'mousefocus'	options.txt	/*'mousefocus'*
 'mousehide'	options.txt	/*'mousehide'*
 'mousem'	options.txt	/*'mousem'*
+'mousemev'	options.txt	/*'mousemev'*
 'mousemodel'	options.txt	/*'mousemodel'*
+'mousemoveevent'	options.txt	/*'mousemoveevent'*
 'mouses'	options.txt	/*'mouses'*
 'mouseshape'	options.txt	/*'mouseshape'*
 'mouset'	options.txt	/*'mouset'*
@@ -1355,6 +1359,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +mouse	various.txt	/*+mouse*
 +mouse_dec	various.txt	/*+mouse_dec*
 +mouse_gpm	various.txt	/*+mouse_gpm*
++mouse_gpm/dyn	various.txt	/*+mouse_gpm\/dyn*
 +mouse_jsbterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_jsbterm*
 +mouse_netterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_netterm*
 +mouse_pterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_pterm*
@@ -1452,6 +1457,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 --echo-wid	starting.txt	/*--echo-wid*
 --help	starting.txt	/*--help*
 --literal	starting.txt	/*--literal*
+--log	starting.txt	/*--log*
 --nofork	starting.txt	/*--nofork*
 --noplugin	starting.txt	/*--noplugin*
 --not-a-term	starting.txt	/*--not-a-term*
@@ -1998,6 +2004,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :<cfile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cfile>*
 :<client>	cmdline.txt	/*:<client>*
 :<cword>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cword>*
+:<script>	cmdline.txt	/*:<script>*
 :<sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<sfile>*
 :<sflnum>	cmdline.txt	/*:<sflnum>*
 :<slnum>	cmdline.txt	/*:<slnum>*
@@ -2077,6 +2084,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :Termdebug	terminal.txt	/*:Termdebug*
 :TermdebugCommand	terminal.txt	/*:TermdebugCommand*
 :Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Texplore*
+:Until	terminal.txt	/*:Until*
 :UseVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:UseVimball*
 :Vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Vexplore*
 :VimballList	pi_vimball.txt	/*:VimballList*
@@ -2112,6 +2120,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :abclear	map.txt	/*:abclear*
 :abo	windows.txt	/*:abo*
 :aboveleft	windows.txt	/*:aboveleft*
+:abstract	vim9.txt	/*:abstract*
 :addd	quickfix.txt	/*:addd*
 :al	windows.txt	/*:al*
 :all	windows.txt	/*:all*
@@ -2271,6 +2280,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :chistory	quickfix.txt	/*:chistory*
 :cl	quickfix.txt	/*:cl*
 :cla	quickfix.txt	/*:cla*
+:class	vim9.txt	/*:class*
 :clast	quickfix.txt	/*:clast*
 :cle	motion.txt	/*:cle*
 :clearjumps	motion.txt	/*:clearjumps*
@@ -2415,6 +2425,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :dsp	tagsrch.txt	/*:dsp*
 :dsplit	tagsrch.txt	/*:dsplit*
 :e	editing.txt	/*:e*
+:e#	editing.txt	/*:e#*
 :ea	undo.txt	/*:ea*
 :earlier	undo.txt	/*:earlier*
 :ec	eval.txt	/*:ec*
@@ -2432,6 +2443,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :edit	editing.txt	/*:edit*
 :edit!	editing.txt	/*:edit!*
 :edit!_f	editing.txt	/*:edit!_f*
+:edit_#	editing.txt	/*:edit_#*
 :edit_f	editing.txt	/*:edit_f*
 :el	eval.txt	/*:el*
 :else	eval.txt	/*:else*
@@ -2441,12 +2453,15 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :emenu	gui.txt	/*:emenu*
 :en	eval.txt	/*:en*
 :end	eval.txt	/*:end*
+:endclass	vim9.txt	/*:endclass*
 :enddef	vim9.txt	/*:enddef*
+:endenum	vim9.txt	/*:endenum*
 :endf	eval.txt	/*:endf*
 :endfo	eval.txt	/*:endfo*
 :endfor	eval.txt	/*:endfor*
 :endfunction	eval.txt	/*:endfunction*
 :endif	eval.txt	/*:endif*
+:endinterface	vim9.txt	/*:endinterface*
 :endt	eval.txt	/*:endt*
 :endtry	eval.txt	/*:endtry*
 :endw	eval.txt	/*:endw*
@@ -2455,6 +2470,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :ene!	editing.txt	/*:ene!*
 :enew	editing.txt	/*:enew*
 :enew!	editing.txt	/*:enew!*
+:enum	vim9.txt	/*:enum*
 :eval	eval.txt	/*:eval*
 :ex	editing.txt	/*:ex*
 :exe	eval.txt	/*:exe*
@@ -2537,6 +2553,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :helpt	helphelp.txt	/*:helpt*
 :helptags	helphelp.txt	/*:helptags*
 :hi	syntax.txt	/*:hi*
+:hi-clear	syntax.txt	/*:hi-clear*
 :hi-default	syntax.txt	/*:hi-default*
 :hi-link	syntax.txt	/*:hi-link*
 :hi-normal	syntax.txt	/*:hi-normal*
@@ -2581,6 +2598,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :inoreme	gui.txt	/*:inoreme*
 :inoremenu	gui.txt	/*:inoremenu*
 :insert	insert.txt	/*:insert*
+:interface	vim9.txt	/*:interface*
 :intro	starting.txt	/*:intro*
 :is	tagsrch.txt	/*:is*
 :isearch	tagsrch.txt	/*:isearch*
@@ -3213,6 +3231,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :startgreplace	insert.txt	/*:startgreplace*
 :startinsert	insert.txt	/*:startinsert*
 :startreplace	insert.txt	/*:startreplace*
+:static	vim9.txt	/*:static*
 :stj	tagsrch.txt	/*:stj*
 :stjump	tagsrch.txt	/*:stjump*
 :stop	starting.txt	/*:stop*
@@ -3390,6 +3409,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :tunma	map.txt	/*:tunma*
 :tunmap	map.txt	/*:tunmap*
 :tunmenu	gui.txt	/*:tunmenu*
+:type	vim9.txt	/*:type*
 :u	undo.txt	/*:u*
 :un	undo.txt	/*:un*
 :una	map.txt	/*:una*
@@ -3604,6 +3624,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <MiddleRelease>	term.txt	/*<MiddleRelease>*
 <Mouse>	term.txt	/*<Mouse>*
 <MouseDown>	scroll.txt	/*<MouseDown>*
+<MouseMove>	map.txt	/*<MouseMove>*
 <MouseUp>	scroll.txt	/*<MouseUp>*
 <NL>	motion.txt	/*<NL>*
 <Nop>	map.txt	/*<Nop>*
@@ -3704,6 +3725,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <range>	map.txt	/*<range>*
 <reg>	map.txt	/*<reg>*
 <register>	map.txt	/*<register>*
+<script>	cmdline.txt	/*<script>*
 <sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*<sfile>*
 <sflnum>	cmdline.txt	/*<sflnum>*
 <slnum>	cmdline.txt	/*<slnum>*
@@ -3759,7 +3781,6 @@ Aleph	options.txt	/*Aleph*
 Amiga	os_amiga.txt	/*Amiga*
 Arabic	arabic.txt	/*Arabic*
 Atari	os_mint.txt	/*Atari*
-Athena	gui_x11.txt	/*Athena*
 B	motion.txt	/*B*
 BeBox	os_beos.txt	/*BeBox*
 BeOS	os_beos.txt	/*BeOS*
@@ -4019,6 +4040,7 @@ E1061	vim9.txt	/*E1061*
 E1062	eval.txt	/*E1062*
 E1063	eval.txt	/*E1063*
 E1064	autocmd.txt	/*E1064*
+E1065	vim9.txt	/*E1065*
 E1066	vim9.txt	/*E1066*
 E1067	eval.txt	/*E1067*
 E1068	vim9.txt	/*E1068*
@@ -4031,12 +4053,14 @@ E1074	vim9.txt	/*E1074*
 E1075	vim9.txt	/*E1075*
 E1076	eval.txt	/*E1076*
 E1077	vim9.txt	/*E1077*
+E1078	autocmd.txt	/*E1078*
+E1079	vim9.txt	/*E1079*
 E108	eval.txt	/*E108*
+E1080	vim9.txt	/*E1080*
 E1081	eval.txt	/*E1081*
 E1083	editing.txt	/*E1083*
 E1084	eval.txt	/*E1084*
 E1085	eval.txt	/*E1085*
-E1086	eval.txt	/*E1086*
 E1087	vim9.txt	/*E1087*
 E1089	eval.txt	/*E1089*
 E109	eval.txt	/*E109*
@@ -4201,7 +4225,6 @@ E1231	map.txt	/*E1231*
 E1232	builtin.txt	/*E1232*
 E1233	builtin.txt	/*E1233*
 E1234	vim9.txt	/*E1234*
-E1235	vim9.txt	/*E1235*
 E1236	vim9.txt	/*E1236*
 E1237	map.txt	/*E1237*
 E1238	vim9.txt	/*E1238*
@@ -4237,6 +4260,9 @@ E1264	vim9.txt	/*E1264*
 E1265	eval.txt	/*E1265*
 E1266	if_pyth.txt	/*E1266*
 E127	eval.txt	/*E127*
+E1270	change.txt	/*E1270*
+E1271	vim9.txt	/*E1271*
+E1274	cmdline.txt	/*E1274*
 E128	eval.txt	/*E128*
 E129	eval.txt	/*E129*
 E13	message.txt	/*E13*
@@ -4678,7 +4704,7 @@ E534	options.txt	/*E534*
 E535	options.txt	/*E535*
 E536	options.txt	/*E536*
 E537	options.txt	/*E537*
-E538	builtin.txt	/*E538*
+E538	pattern.txt	/*E538*
 E539	options.txt	/*E539*
 E54	pattern.txt	/*E54*
 E540	options.txt	/*E540*
@@ -4757,9 +4783,6 @@ E610	editing.txt	/*E610*
 E611	eval.txt	/*E611*
 E612	sign.txt	/*E612*
 E613	print.txt	/*E613*
-E614	editing.txt	/*E614*
-E615	editing.txt	/*E615*
-E616	editing.txt	/*E616*
 E617	options.txt	/*E617*
 E618	print.txt	/*E618*
 E619	print.txt	/*E619*
@@ -5001,6 +5024,7 @@ E835	options.txt	/*E835*
 E836	if_pyth.txt	/*E836*
 E837	if_pyth.txt	/*E837*
 E838	netbeans.txt	/*E838*
+E839	vim9.txt	/*E839*
 E84	windows.txt	/*E84*
 E840	insert.txt	/*E840*
 E841	map.txt	/*E841*
@@ -5494,6 +5518,7 @@ WinClosed	autocmd.txt	/*WinClosed*
 WinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*WinEnter*
 WinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*WinLeave*
 WinNew	autocmd.txt	/*WinNew*
+WinScrolled	autocmd.txt	/*WinScrolled*
 X	change.txt	/*X*
 X11	options.txt	/*X11*
 X11-icon	gui_x11.txt	/*X11-icon*
@@ -5733,7 +5758,6 @@ assert_true()	testing.txt	/*assert_true()*
 at	motion.txt	/*at*
 atan()	builtin.txt	/*atan()*
 atan2()	builtin.txt	/*atan2()*
-athena-intellimouse	gui.txt	/*athena-intellimouse*
 attr-list	syntax.txt	/*attr-list*
 author	intro.txt	/*author*
 auto-format	change.txt	/*auto-format*
@@ -5748,6 +5772,7 @@ autocmd-disable	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-disable*
 autocmd-events	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-events*
 autocmd-events-abc	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-events-abc*
 autocmd-execute	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-execute*
+autocmd-expand	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-expand*
 autocmd-groups	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-groups*
 autocmd-intro	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-intro*
 autocmd-list	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-list*
@@ -5858,6 +5883,7 @@ bug-fixes-5	version5.txt	/*bug-fixes-5*
 bug-fixes-6	version6.txt	/*bug-fixes-6*
 bug-fixes-7	version7.txt	/*bug-fixes-7*
 bug-fixes-8	version8.txt	/*bug-fixes-8*
+bug-fixes-9	version9.txt	/*bug-fixes-9*
 bug-reports	intro.txt	/*bug-reports*
 bugreport.vim	intro.txt	/*bugreport.vim*
 bugs	intro.txt	/*bugs*
@@ -6045,6 +6071,7 @@ changenr()	builtin.txt	/*changenr()*
 changetick	eval.txt	/*changetick*
 changing	change.txt	/*changing*
 channel	channel.txt	/*channel*
+channel-address	channel.txt	/*channel-address*
 channel-callback	channel.txt	/*channel-callback*
 channel-close	channel.txt	/*channel-close*
 channel-close-in	channel.txt	/*channel-close-in*
@@ -6056,6 +6083,7 @@ channel-functions-details	channel.txt	/*channel-functions-details*
 channel-mode	channel.txt	/*channel-mode*
 channel-more	channel.txt	/*channel-more*
 channel-noblock	channel.txt	/*channel-noblock*
+channel-onetime-callback	channel.txt	/*channel-onetime-callback*
 channel-open	channel.txt	/*channel-open*
 channel-open-options	channel.txt	/*channel-open-options*
 channel-raw	channel.txt	/*channel-raw*
@@ -6159,6 +6187,7 @@ collate-variable	eval.txt	/*collate-variable*
 color-xterm	syntax.txt	/*color-xterm*
 coloring	syntax.txt	/*coloring*
 colortest.vim	syntax.txt	/*colortest.vim*
+command-attributes	map.txt	/*command-attributes*
 command-block	vim9.txt	/*command-block*
 command-line-functions	usr_41.txt	/*command-line-functions*
 command-line-window	cmdline.txt	/*command-line-window*
@@ -6168,6 +6197,7 @@ compile-changes-5	version5.txt	/*compile-changes-5*
 compile-changes-6	version6.txt	/*compile-changes-6*
 compile-changes-7	version7.txt	/*compile-changes-7*
 compile-changes-8	version8.txt	/*compile-changes-8*
+compile-changes-9	version9.txt	/*compile-changes-9*
 compiler-compaqada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-compaqada*
 compiler-decada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-decada*
 compiler-gcc	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-gcc*
@@ -7006,7 +7036,7 @@ function-range-example	eval.txt	/*function-range-example*
 function-search-undo	eval.txt	/*function-search-undo*
 function_key	intro.txt	/*function_key*
 functions	eval.txt	/*functions*
-fuzzy-match	pattern.txt	/*fuzzy-match*
+fuzzy-matching	pattern.txt	/*fuzzy-matching*
 fvwm.vim	syntax.txt	/*fvwm.vim*
 fvwm2rc	syntax.txt	/*fvwm2rc*
 fvwmrc	syntax.txt	/*fvwmrc*
@@ -7579,6 +7609,7 @@ hitest.vim	syntax.txt	/*hitest.vim*
 hjkl	usr_02.txt	/*hjkl*
 hl-ColorColumn	syntax.txt	/*hl-ColorColumn*
 hl-Conceal	syntax.txt	/*hl-Conceal*
+hl-CurSearch	syntax.txt	/*hl-CurSearch*
 hl-Cursor	syntax.txt	/*hl-Cursor*
 hl-CursorColumn	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorColumn*
 hl-CursorIM	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorIM*
@@ -7817,6 +7848,7 @@ improvements-5	version5.txt	/*improvements-5*
 improvements-6	version6.txt	/*improvements-6*
 improvements-7	version7.txt	/*improvements-7*
 improvements-8	version8.txt	/*improvements-8*
+improvements-9	version9.txt	/*improvements-9*
 in_bot	channel.txt	/*in_bot*
 in_buf	channel.txt	/*in_buf*
 in_io-buffer	channel.txt	/*in_io-buffer*
@@ -7832,6 +7864,7 @@ incompatible-5	version5.txt	/*incompatible-5*
 incompatible-6	version6.txt	/*incompatible-6*
 incompatible-7	version7.txt	/*incompatible-7*
 incompatible-8	version8.txt	/*incompatible-8*
+incompatible-9	version9.txt	/*incompatible-9*
 indent()	builtin.txt	/*indent()*
 indent-expression	indent.txt	/*indent-expression*
 indent.txt	indent.txt	/*indent.txt*
@@ -7976,6 +8009,7 @@ lace.vim	syntax.txt	/*lace.vim*
 lambda	eval.txt	/*lambda*
 lang-variable	eval.txt	/*lang-variable*
 language-mapping	map.txt	/*language-mapping*
+language-server-protocol	channel.txt	/*language-server-protocol*
 last-pattern	pattern.txt	/*last-pattern*
 last-position-jump	usr_05.txt	/*last-position-jump*
 last_buffer_nr()	builtin.txt	/*last_buffer_nr()*
@@ -8232,6 +8266,7 @@ moo.vim	syntax.txt	/*moo.vim*
 more-compatible	version5.txt	/*more-compatible*
 more-prompt	message.txt	/*more-prompt*
 more-variables	eval.txt	/*more-variables*
+motif-intellimouse	gui.txt	/*motif-intellimouse*
 motion-count-multiplied	motion.txt	/*motion-count-multiplied*
 motion.txt	motion.txt	/*motion.txt*
 mouse-mode-table	term.txt	/*mouse-mode-table*
@@ -8540,6 +8575,7 @@ new-5	version5.txt	/*new-5*
 new-6	version6.txt	/*new-6*
 new-7	version7.txt	/*new-7*
 new-8	version8.txt	/*new-8*
+new-9	version9.txt	/*new-9*
 new-GTK-GUI	version5.txt	/*new-GTK-GUI*
 new-MzScheme	version7.txt	/*new-MzScheme*
 new-Select-mode	version5.txt	/*new-Select-mode*
@@ -8573,6 +8609,7 @@ new-indent-flex	version6.txt	/*new-indent-flex*
 new-items-6	version6.txt	/*new-items-6*
 new-items-7	version7.txt	/*new-items-7*
 new-items-8	version8.txt	/*new-items-8*
+new-items-9	version9.txt	/*new-items-9*
 new-line-continuation	version5.txt	/*new-line-continuation*
 new-location-list	version7.txt	/*new-location-list*
 new-lua	version7.txt	/*new-lua*
@@ -8622,6 +8659,7 @@ new-utf-8	version6.txt	/*new-utf-8*
 new-vertsplit	version6.txt	/*new-vertsplit*
 new-vim-script	version7.txt	/*new-vim-script*
 new-vim-script-8	version8.txt	/*new-vim-script-8*
+new-vim-script-9	version9.txt	/*new-vim-script-9*
 new-vim-server	version6.txt	/*new-vim-server*
 new-vimgrep	version7.txt	/*new-vimgrep*
 new-vimscript-8.2	version8.txt	/*new-vimscript-8.2*
@@ -8740,7 +8778,8 @@ pascal.vim	syntax.txt	/*pascal.vim*
 patches-8	version8.txt	/*patches-8*
 patches-8.1	version8.txt	/*patches-8.1*
 patches-8.2	version8.txt	/*patches-8.2*
-patches-after-8.2	version8.txt	/*patches-after-8.2*
+patches-9	version9.txt	/*patches-9*
+patches-after-8.2	version9.txt	/*patches-after-8.2*
 pathshorten()	builtin.txt	/*pathshorten()*
 pattern	pattern.txt	/*pattern*
 pattern-atoms	pattern.txt	/*pattern-atoms*
@@ -10008,6 +10047,7 @@ terminal.txt	terminal.txt	/*terminal.txt*
 terminalprops()	builtin.txt	/*terminalprops()*
 terminfo	term.txt	/*terminfo*
 termresponse-variable	eval.txt	/*termresponse-variable*
+ternary	eval.txt	/*ternary*
 test-functions	usr_41.txt	/*test-functions*
 test-functions-details	testing.txt	/*test-functions-details*
 test_alloc_fail()	testing.txt	/*test_alloc_fail()*
@@ -10099,7 +10139,6 @@ tooltips	gui.txt	/*tooltips*
 toupper()	builtin.txt	/*toupper()*
 tr()	builtin.txt	/*tr()*
 trim()	builtin.txt	/*trim()*
-trinary	eval.txt	/*trinary*
 trojan-horse	starting.txt	/*trojan-horse*
 true	vim9.txt	/*true*
 true-variable	eval.txt	/*true-variable*
@@ -10454,6 +10493,7 @@ version-7.4	version7.txt	/*version-7.4*
 version-8.0	version8.txt	/*version-8.0*
 version-8.1	version8.txt	/*version-8.1*
 version-8.2	version8.txt	/*version-8.2*
+version-9.0	version9.txt	/*version-9.0*
 version-variable	eval.txt	/*version-variable*
 version4.txt	version4.txt	/*version4.txt*
 version5.txt	version5.txt	/*version5.txt*
@@ -10468,6 +10508,8 @@ version8.0	version8.txt	/*version8.0*
 version8.1	version8.txt	/*version8.1*
 version8.2	version8.txt	/*version8.2*
 version8.txt	version8.txt	/*version8.txt*
+version9.0	version9.txt	/*version9.0*
+version9.txt	version9.txt	/*version9.txt*
 versionlong-variable	eval.txt	/*versionlong-variable*
 vi	intro.txt	/*vi*
 vi-differences	vi_diff.txt	/*vi-differences*
@@ -10483,6 +10525,8 @@ vim-7.4	version7.txt	/*vim-7.4*
 vim-8	version8.txt	/*vim-8*
 vim-8.1	version8.txt	/*vim-8.1*
 vim-8.2	version8.txt	/*vim-8.2*
+vim-9	version9.txt	/*vim-9*
+vim-9.0	version9.txt	/*vim-9.0*
 vim-additions	vi_diff.txt	/*vim-additions*
 vim-announce	intro.txt	/*vim-announce*
 vim-arguments	starting.txt	/*vim-arguments*
@@ -10529,6 +10573,7 @@ vim9-namespace	vim9.txt	/*vim9-namespace*
 vim9-no-dict-function	vim9.txt	/*vim9-no-dict-function*
 vim9-rationale	vim9.txt	/*vim9-rationale*
 vim9-reload	vim9.txt	/*vim9-reload*
+vim9-s-namespace	vim9.txt	/*vim9-s-namespace*
 vim9-scopes	vim9.txt	/*vim9-scopes*
 vim9-script-intro	usr_46.txt	/*vim9-script-intro*
 vim9-types	vim9.txt	/*vim9-types*
@@ -10686,6 +10731,7 @@ windowid	windows.txt	/*windowid*
 windowid-variable	eval.txt	/*windowid-variable*
 windows	windows.txt	/*windows*
 windows-3.1	os_win32.txt	/*windows-3.1*
+windows-asynchronously	os_win32.txt	/*windows-asynchronously*
 windows-icon	os_win32.txt	/*windows-icon*
 windows-intro	windows.txt	/*windows-intro*
 windows-starting	windows.txt	/*windows-starting*
@@ -10859,6 +10905,7 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {offset}	pattern.txt	/*{offset}*
 {register}	change.txt	/*{register}*
 {rhs}	map.txt	/*{rhs}*
+{server}	remote.txt	/*{server}*
 {subject}	helphelp.txt	/*{subject}*
 {}	intro.txt	/*{}*
 }	motion.txt	/*}*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -561,7 +561,8 @@ also works.  The <CR> and <NL> characters can never appear inside a line.
 
 The second format is new.  It includes additional information in optional
 fields at the end of each line.  It is backwards compatible with Vi.  It is
-only supported by new versions of ctags (such as Exuberant ctags).
+only supported by new versions of ctags (such as Universal ctags or Exuberant
+ctags).
 
 {tagname}	The identifier.  Normally the name of a function, but it can
 		be any identifier.  It cannot contain a <Tab>.
@@ -724,7 +725,7 @@ matches the pattern "^# *define" it is not considered to be a comment.
 If you want to list matches, and then select one to jump to, you could use a
 mapping to do that for you.  Here is an example: >
 
-  :map <F4> [I:let nr = input("Which one: ")<Bar>exe "normal " . nr ."[\t"<CR>
+  :map <F4> [I:let nr = input("Which one: ")<Bar>exe "normal " .. nr .. "[\t"<CR>
 <
 							*[i*
 [i			Display the first line that contains the keyword

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 21
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -725,12 +725,12 @@ size is wrong you can use the 'lines' and 'columns' options to set the
 correct values.
 
 One command can be used to set the screen size:
-
 						*:mod* *:mode* *E359*
 :mod[e] [mode]
 
 Without argument this only detects the screen size and redraws the screen.
-[mode] was used on MS-DOS, but it doesn't work anymore.
+[mode] was used on MS-DOS, but it doesn't work anymore.  In |Vim9| this
+command is not supported.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Slow and fast terminals			*slow-fast-terminal*
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ select and copy the text to the system, then press Esc.
 Another way is to temporarily use ":sh" to run a shell, copy the text, then
 exit the shell.  'mouse' can remain set to "a" then.
 							*xterm-clipboard*
-In the Athena and Motif GUI versions, when running in a terminal and there is
+In the Motif GUI version, when running in a terminal and there is
 access to the X-server (DISPLAY is set), the copy and paste will behave like
 in the GUI.  If not, the middle mouse button will insert the unnamed register.
 In that case, here is how you copy and paste a piece of text:
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ an #if/#else/#endif block, the selection becomes linewise.
 For MS-Windows and xterm the time for double clicking can be set with the
 'mousetime' option.  For the other systems this time is defined outside of Vim.
 An example, for using a double click to jump to the tag under the cursor: >
-	:map <2-LeftMouse> :exe "tag ". expand("<cword>")<CR>
+	:map <2-LeftMouse> :exe "tag " .. expand("<cword>")<CR>
 
 Dragging the mouse with a double click (button-down, button-up, button-down
 and then drag) will result in whole words to be selected.  This continues

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
 
 term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
 		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a String with
-		a comma separated list of these items:
+		a comma-separated list of these items:
 			running		job is running
 			finished	job has finished
 			normal		in Terminal-Normal mode
@@ -979,8 +979,8 @@ Currently supported commands:
 <		Calls a function defined like this: >
 			function Tapi_Impression(bufnum, arglist)
 			  if len(a:arglist) == 2
-			    echomsg "impression " . a:arglist[0]
-			    echomsg "count " . a:arglist[1]
+			    echomsg "impression " .. a:arglist[0]
+			    echomsg "count " .. a:arglist[1]
 			  endif
 			endfunc
 <		Output from `:echo` may be erased by a redraw, use `:echomsg`
@@ -1285,6 +1285,8 @@ Put focus on the gdb window to type commands there.  Some common ones are:
 - next		execute the current line and stop at the next line
 - step		execute the current line and stop at the next statement,
 		entering functions
+- until		execute until past the current cursor line or past a specified
+		position or the current stack frame returns
 - finish	execute until leaving the current function
 - where		show the stack
 - frame N	go to the Nth stack frame
@@ -1303,6 +1305,7 @@ gdb:
 
  *:Step*	execute the gdb "step" command
  *:Over*	execute the gdb "next" command (`:Next` is a Vim command)
+ *:Until*	execute the gdb "until" command
  *:Finish*	execute the gdb "finish" command
  *:Continue*	execute the gdb "continue" command
  *:Stop*	interrupt the program

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 10
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		    forward:	set to 1 for forward search.
 
 		"mouse":
-		  Inject a mouse button click event.  The supported items in
-		  {args} are:
+		  Inject either a mouse button click, or a mouse move, event.
+		  The supported items in {args} are:
 		    button:	mouse button.  The supported values are:
 				    0	right mouse button
 				    1	middle mouse button
@@ -151,6 +151,12 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 				    4	shift is pressed
 				    8	alt is pressed
 				   16	ctrl is pressed
+		    move:	Optional; if used and TRUE then a mouse move
+			        event can be generated.
+				Only {args} row: and col: are used and
+				required; they are interpreted as pixels.
+				Only results in an event when 'mousemoveevent'
+				is set or a popup uses mouse move events.
 
 		"scrollbar":
 		  Set or drag the left, right or horizontal scrollbar.  Only

runtime/doc/tips.txt

@@ -101,14 +101,14 @@ What you need:
   create it with the shell command "mkid file1 file2 ..".
 
 Put this in your .vimrc: >
-	map _u :call ID_search()<Bar>execute "/\\<" . g:word . "\\>"<CR>
-	map _n :n<Bar>execute "/\\<" . g:word . "\\>"<CR>
+	map _u :call ID_search()<Bar>execute "/\\<" .. g:word .. "\\>"<CR>
+	map _n :n<Bar>execute "/\\<" .. g:word .. "\\>"<CR>
 
 	function! ID_search()
 	  let g:word = expand("<cword>")
-	  let x = system("lid --key=none ". g:word)
+	  let x = system("lid --key=none " .. g:word)
 	  let x = substitute(x, "\n", " ", "g")
-	  execute "next " . x
+	  execute "next " .. x
 	endfun
 
 To use it, place the cursor on a word, type "_u" and vim will load the file
@@ -356,13 +356,13 @@ This mapping will format any bullet list.  It requires that there is an empty
 line above and below each list entry.  The expression commands are used to
 be able to give comments to the parts of the mapping. >
 
-	:let m =     ":map _f  :set ai<CR>"    " need 'autoindent' set
-	:let m = m . "{O<Esc>"		      " add empty line above item
-	:let m = m . "}{)^W"		      " move to text after bullet
-	:let m = m . "i     <CR>     <Esc>"    " add space for indent
-	:let m = m . "gq}"		      " format text after the bullet
-	:let m = m . "{dd"		      " remove the empty line
-	:let m = m . "5lDJ"		      " put text after bullet
+	:let m =     ":map _f  :set ai<CR>"   " need 'autoindent' set
+	:let m ..= "{O<Esc>"		      " add empty line above item
+	:let m ..= "}{)^W"		      " move to text after bullet
+	:let m ..= "i     <CR>     <Esc>"     " add space for indent
+	:let m ..= "gq}"		      " format text after the bullet
+	:let m ..= "{dd"		      " remove the empty line
+	:let m ..= "5lDJ"		      " put text after bullet
 	:execute m			      |" define the mapping
 
 (<> notation |<>|.  Note that this is all typed literally.  ^W is "^" "W", not
@@ -514,15 +514,15 @@ A slightly more advanced version is used in the |matchparen| plugin.
 	    let c = '\['
 	    let c2 = '\]'
 	  endif
-	  let s_skip ='synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") ' .
+	  let s_skip ='synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") ' ..
 		\ '=~?	"string\\|comment"'
 	  execute 'if' s_skip '| let s_skip = 0 | endif'
 
 	  let [m_lnum, m_col] = searchpairpos(c, '', c2, s_flags, s_skip)
 
 	  if m_lnum > 0 && m_lnum >= line('w0') && m_lnum <= line('w$')
-	    exe 'match Search /\(\%' . c_lnum . 'l\%' . c_col .
-		  \ 'c\)\|\(\%' . m_lnum . 'l\%' . m_col . 'c\)/'
+	    exe 'match Search /\(\%' .. c_lnum .. 'l\%' .. c_col ..
+		  \ 'c\)\|\(\%' .. m_lnum .. 'l\%' .. m_col .. 'c\)/'
 	    let s:paren_hl_on = 1
 	  endif
 	endfunction

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 11
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,21 +38,21 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Disallow using "s:" in Vim9 script at the script level.
-Disallow a legacy function creating an s: variable in Vim9 script.
+Use "`=expr`" in heredoc also in :def function.  #10216  Yegappan will do it.
 
 Once Vim9 is stable:
-- Use Vim9 for runtime files.
+- Use Vim9 for more runtime files.
 - Check code coverage, add more tests if needed.
-	vim9compile.c
-	vim9execute.c
+	vim9execute.c  line 3500
 	vim9expr.c
 	vim9instr.c
 	vim9script.c
 	vim9type.c
+- Adjust intro message to say "help version9".
 
 Further Vim9 improvements, possibly after launch:
 - Check performance with callgrind and kcachegrind.
+    getline()/substitute()/setline() in #5632
 - Better implementation for partial and tests for that.
 - when using "const" mark the variable type as const with TTFLAG_CONST, so
   that an error is given at compile time when trying to change it.  E.g. for a
@@ -108,7 +108,6 @@ Popup windows:
 - Should popup_getoptions() also return the mask?  #7774
 - Add a way to use popup_menu() synchronously: instead of invoking the
   callback, return the choice. (Ben Jackson, #6534)
-- Use popup (or popup menu) for command line completion
 - When using a popup for the info of a completion menu, and there is not
   enough space, let the popup overlap with the menu. (#4544)
 - Implement flip option.
@@ -154,7 +153,6 @@ Terminal debugger:
 - Add option to not open the program window.  It's not used when attaching to
   an already running program. (M. Kelly)
 - When only gdb window exists, on "quit" edit another buffer.
-- Use a sign group
 - Termdebug does not work when Vim was built with mzscheme: gdb hangs just
   after "run".  Everything else works, including communication channel.  Not
   initializing mzscheme avoid the problem, thus it's not some #ifdef.
@@ -199,12 +197,17 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When the job only outputs lines, we could handle resizing the terminal
   better: store lines separated by line breaks, instead of screen lines,
   then when the window is resized redraw those lines.
-- Redrawing is slow with Athena and Motif. (Ramel Eshed)
+- Redrawing is slow with Motif. (Ramel Eshed)
 - For the GUI fill termios with default values, perhaps like pangoterm:
   http://bazaar.launchpad.net/~leonerd/pangoterm/trunk/view/head:/main.c#L134
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
+CurSearch highlight is wrong when searching for a space, matches all spaces
+instead of only the current one.
+
+Can deref_func_name() and deref_function_name() be merged?
+
 When using 'cryptmethod' xchaha20 the undo file is not encrypted.
 Need to handle extra bytes.
 
@@ -213,16 +216,23 @@ Use CTRL-R to specify the register to use. (#9531)
 
 Some prompts are not translated: #9495
 
+Improvement in terminal configuration mess: Request the terminfo entry from
+the terminal itself.  The $TERM value then is only relevant for whether this
+feature is supported or not.  Replaces the xterm mechanism to request each
+entry separately. #6609
+Multiplexers (screen, tmux) can request it to the underlaying terminal, and
+pass it on with modifications.
+
 Test_communicate_ipv6(): is flaky on many systems
 Fails in line 64 of Ch_communicate, no exception is thrown.
 
 Patch for Template string: #4634
 Have another look at the implementation.
 
-Add expanding <script> which works like <sfile> everywhere. #9189
-
 Rename getdigraphlist -> digraph_getlist() etc.
 
+Can "CSI nr X" be used instead of outputting spaces?  Is it faster?  #8002
+
 Valgrind reports memory leaks in test_options.
 Valgrind reports overlapping memcpy in
     test_conceal.3
@@ -249,6 +259,14 @@ Idea: when typing ":e /some/dir/" and "dir" does not exist, highlight in red.
 initialization to figure out the default value from 'shell'.  Add a test for
 this.
 
+With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
+(Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
+need to make the change in where RET_WIN_BUF_CHARTABSIZE() is called.
+IDEA: when drawing the text, store the text byte index in ScreenLinesIdx[].
+When converting screen column to text position use this.
+Store the line number and byte index for the start of the line, when
+converting the screen line to text position use this, add the byte offset.
+
 MS-Windows: did path modifier :p:8 stop working?  #8600
 
 Add support for "underdouble", "underdot" and "underdash". #9553
@@ -290,6 +308,9 @@ Probably because it's using MAXCOL.  #8238
 Make "g>" and "g<" in Visual mode move the text right or left.
 Also for a block selection.  #8558
 
+When using dictionary insert completion with 'ignorecase', the leading capital
+in a word should be preserved.
+
 Add optional argument to virtcol() that specifies "start", "cursor" or "end"
 to tell which value from getvvcol() should be used. (#7964)
 Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
@@ -298,8 +319,7 @@ inconsistent with the documentation.
 Making breakat support multibyte characters (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #6598)
 Scroll doesn't work correctly, why?
 
-glob() and globfile() do not always honor 'wildignorecase'. #8350
-globpath() does not use 'wildignorecase' at all?
+globpath() does not use 'wildignorecase' at all? (related to #8350)
 
 Add 'termguiattr' option, use "gui=" attributes in the terminal?  Would work
 with 'termguicolors'. #1740
@@ -410,20 +430,10 @@ register, then "" doesn't contain anything.  Make it still follow "+.
 
 File marks merging has duplicates since 7.4.1925. (Ingo Karkat, #5733)
 
-"make test_gui" crashed in submenu_change(). Fix and remove workaround in
-add_pixmap_args().
-Athena is OK.
-Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
-Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
-manager.  Problem with Motif?
-
 When editing a file with ":edit" the output of :swapname is relative, while
 editing it with "vim file" it is absolute. (#355)
 Which one should it be?
 
-:map output does not clear the reset of the command line.
-(#5623, also see #5962)
-
 Problem with auto-formatting - inserting space and putting cursor before added
 character. (#6154)
 
@@ -474,11 +484,6 @@ Test loose_clipboard() by selecting text before suspending.
 
 Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.
 
-Implement completion for "breakadd".  Should expand the second argument, e.g.
-"func", and then function names after ":breakadd func".  Including
-script-local functions.
-Also for ":profile".
-
 :unmap <c-n> gives error but does remove the mapping. (Antony Scriven, 2019
 Dec 19)
 
@@ -1927,10 +1932,6 @@ On MS-Windows a temp dir with a & init causes system() to fail. (Ben Fritz,
 Patch 7.3.116 was the wrong solution.
 Christian Brabandt has another incomplete patch. (2011 Jul 13)
 
-With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
-(Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
-need to make the change in where RET_WIN_BUF_CHARTABSIZE() is called.
-
 Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
@@ -2209,10 +2210,6 @@ Jan 7)
 
 Problem with editing file in binary mode. (Ingo Krabbe, 2009 Oct 8)
 
-With 'wildmode' set to "longest:full,full" and pressing Tab once the first
-entry in wildmenu is highlighted, that shouldn't happen. (Yuki Watanabe, 2011
-Feb 12)
-
 Display error when 'tabline' that includes a file name with double-width
 characters. (2010 Aug 14, bootleq)
 
@@ -2401,11 +2398,6 @@ probably causes this.
 'scrollbind' is not respected when deleting lines or undo. (Milan Vancura,
 2009 Jan 16)
 
-Document that default font in Athena can be set with resources:
-   XtDefaultFont: "9x15"
-   XtDefaultFontSet: "9x15"
-(Richard Sherman, 2009 Apr 12)
-
 Having "Syntax" in 'eventignore' for :bufdo may cause problems, e.g. for
 ":bufdo e" when buffers are open in windows.  ex_listdo(eap) could set the
 option only for when jumping to another buffer, not when the command argument
@@ -2415,10 +2407,6 @@ is executed.
 first line. (Ingo Karkat, 2008 Jul 1)  Ian Kelling is working on this.
 Similar problem with ":e". (Marc Montu, 2014 Apr 22)
 
-Wildmenu not deleted: "gvim -u NONE", ":set nocp wildmenu cmdheight=3
-laststatus=2", CTRL-D CTRL-H CTRL-H CTRL-H. (A.Politz, 2008 April 1)
-Works OK with Vim in an xterm.
-
 Cursor line moves in other window when using CTRL-W J that doesn't change
 anything.  (Dasn, 2009 Apr 7)
 
@@ -2451,10 +2439,6 @@ backslash? (Robert Vibrant, 2008 Jun 5)
 When 'rightleft' is set, cursorcolumn isn't highlighted after the end of a
 line.  It's also wrong in folds. (Dominique Pelle, 2010 Aug 21)
 
-After using <Tab> for command line completion after ":ta blah" and getting E33
-(no tags file), further editing the command to e.g., ":echo 'blah'", the
-command is not executed.  Fix by Ian Kelling?
-
 ":help s/~" jumps to *s/\~*, while ":help s/\~" doesn't find anything. (Tim
 Chase)  Fix by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 14.
 
@@ -2509,10 +2493,6 @@ Works OK when 'cmdheight' is 2.
 8   Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab
     for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are
     several).
-    Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses
-    taglist() to find the right location.  With indication of using CTRL-] so
-    that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 31.
 
 The utf class table is missing some entries:
 	0x2212, minus sign
@@ -2630,16 +2610,6 @@ This should avoid flicker.  Other solution by A.Politz, 2007 Aug 22.
 When a register contains illegal bytes, writing viminfo in utf-8 and reading
 it back doesn't result in utf-8. (Devin Bayer)
 
-Command line completion: Scanning for tags doesn't check for typed key now and
-then?  Hangs for about 5 seconds.  Appears to be caused by finding include
-files with "foo/**" in 'path'.  (Kalisiak, 2006 July 15)
-Additional info: When using the |wildcards| ** globing, vim hangs
-indefinitely on lots of directories. The |file-searching| globing, like in
-":set path=/**" does not hang as often as with globing with |wildcards|, like
-in ":1find /**/file".  This is for files that unix "find" can find very
-quickly. Merging the 2 kinds of globing might make this an easier fix. (Ian
-Kelling, 2008 July 4)
-
 When the file name has parenthesis, e.g., "foo (bar).txt", ":!ls '%'" has the
 parenthesis escaped but not the space.  That's inconsistent.  Either escape
 neither or both.  No escaping might be best, because it doesn't depend on
@@ -2718,8 +2688,6 @@ Cursor displayed in the wrong position when using 'numberwidth'. (James Vega,
 When $VAR contains a backslash expand('$VAR') removes it. (Teemu Likonen, 2008
 Jun 18)
 
-If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work.
-
 In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through
 the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28)
 
@@ -2828,13 +2796,6 @@ reload it then?
 
 For Aap: include a config.arg.example file with hints how to use config.arg.
 
-Command line completion when 'cmdheight' is maximum and 'wildmenu' is set,
-only one buffer line displayed, causes display errors.
-
-Completing with 'wildmenu' and using <Up> and <Down> to move through directory
-tree stops unexpectedly when using ":cd " and entering a directory that
-doesn't contain other directories.
-
 Default for 'background' is wrong when using xterm with 256 colors.
 Table with estimates from Matteo Cavalleri, 2014 Jan 10.
 
@@ -3278,7 +3239,7 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
     the font name).
 
 
-Athena and Motif:
+Motif:
 6   New Motif toolbar button from Marcin Dalecki:
     - When the mouse pointer is over an Agide button the red becomes black.
       Something with the way colors are specified in the .xpm file.
@@ -3290,7 +3251,7 @@ Athena and Motif:
     wrong.
 9   XIM is disabled by default for SGI/IRIX.  Fix XIM so that 'imdisable' can
     be off by default.
-9   XIM doesn't work properly for Athena/Motif. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)  For now,
+9   XIM doesn't work properly for Motif. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)  For now,
     keep XIM active at all times when the input method has the preediting
     flag.
 8   X11: A menu that contains an umlaut is truncated at that character.
@@ -3308,27 +3269,6 @@ Athena and Motif:
     current locale.  Workaround: set 'langmenu'.
 
 
-Athena GUI:
-9   The first event for any button in the menu or toolbar appears to get lost.
-    The second click on a menu does work.
-9   When dragging the scrollbar thumb very fast, focus is only obtained in
-    the scrollbar itself.  And the thumb is no longer updated when moving
-    through files.
-7   The file selector is not resizable.  With a big font it is difficult to
-    read long file names. (Schroeder)
-4   Re-write the widget attachments and code so that we will not have to go
-    through and calculate the absolute position of every widget every time the
-    window is refreshed/changes size.  This will help the "flashing-widgets"
-    problem during a refresh.
-5   When starting gvim with all the default colors and then typing
-    ":hi Menu guibg=cyan", the menus change color but the background of the
-    pullright pixmap doesn't change colors.
-    If you type ":hi Menu guibg=cyan font=anyfont", then the pixmap changes
-    colors as it should.
-    Allocating a new pixmap and setting the resource doesn't change the
-    pullright pixmap's colors.  Why?  Possible Athena bug?
-
-
 Motif GUI:
 -   gui_mch_browsedir() is missing, browsedir() doesn't work nicely.
 7   Use XmStringCreateLocalized() instead of XmStringCreateSimple()?
@@ -3516,8 +3456,6 @@ Macintosh:
 8   When doing Insert mode completion a mapping cannot recursively call
     edit(), because the completion information is global.  Put everything in
     an allocated structure?
-8   Command line completion: buffers "foo.txt" and "../b/foo.txt", completing
-    ":buf foo<Tab>" doesn't find the second one. (George V. Reilly)
 7   mb_off2cells() doesn't work correctly on the tail byte of a double-byte
     character. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)  It should return 1 when used on a tail
     byte, like for utf-8.  Store second byte of double-byte in ScreenLines2[]
@@ -3809,7 +3747,7 @@ Problems that will (probably) not be solved:
 
 Most interesting new features to be added when all bugs have been fixed:
 -   Using ":exe edit fname" has escaping problems.  Use ":edit ++(fname)".
-    Thus use "++=" to give arguments as expressions, comma separated as if
+    Thus use "++=" to give arguments as expressions, comma-separated as if
     calling a function.
     With options: ":edit ++(['!', '++enc=abc'], ['+/pat'], fname)".
     Alternative: Make a function for Ex commands: cmd_edit().
@@ -4252,8 +4190,6 @@ Syntax highlighting:
 7   CTRL-] checks the highlight group for finding out what the tag is.
 7   Add an explanation how a list of words can be used to highlight misspelled
     words.
-8   Add more command line completion for :syntax.
-8   Add more command line completion for :highlight.
 7   Should find a better way to parse the :syntax and :highlight commands.
     Use tables or lists that can be shared by parsing for execution and
     completion?
@@ -4311,12 +4247,6 @@ Vim script language:
     restore option values.  Especially useful for new options.  Problem: how
     to avoid a performance penalty (esp. for string options)?
 -   range for ":exec", pass it on to the executed command.  (Webb)
-8   ":{range}source": source the lines from the current file.
-	You can already yank lines and use :@" to execute them.
-	Most of do_source() would not be used, need a new function.
-	It's easy when not doing breakpoints or profiling.
-    Requires copying the lines into a list and then creating a function to
-    execute lines from the list.  Similar to getnextac().
 7   ":include" command: just like ":source" but doesn't start a new scriptID?
     Will be tricky for the list of script names.
 8   Have a look at VSEL.  Would it be useful to include? (Bigham)
@@ -5045,6 +4975,35 @@ Command line completion:
 -   Add 'wildlongest' option: Key to use to find longest common match for
     command line completion (default CTRL-L), like 'wildchar'. (Cregut)
     Also: when there are several matches, show them line a CTRL-D.
+-   With 'wildmode' set to "longest:full,full" and pressing Tab once the first
+    entry in wildmenu is highlighted, that shouldn't happen. (Yuki Watanabe,
+    2011 Feb 12)
+-   After using <Tab> for command line completion after ":ta blah" and getting
+    E33 (no tags file), further editing the command to e.g., ":echo 'blah'",
+    the command is not executed.  Fix by Ian Kelling?
+-   Command line completion: Scanning for tags doesn't check for typed key now
+    and then?  Hangs for about 5 seconds.  Appears to be caused by finding
+    include files with "foo/**" in 'path'.  (Kalisiak, 2006 July 15)
+    Additional info: When using the |wildcards| ** globing, vim hangs
+    indefinitely on lots of directories. The |file-searching| globing, like in
+    ":set path=/**" does not hang as often as with globing with |wildcards|,
+    like in ":1find /**/file".  This is for files that unix "find" can find
+    very quickly. Merging the 2 kinds of globing might make this an easier
+    fix. (Ian Kelling, 2008 July 4)
+-   Command line completion when 'cmdheight' is maximum and 'wildmenu' is set,
+    only one buffer line displayed, causes display errors.
+-   Completing with 'wildmenu' and using <Up> and <Down> to move through
+    directory tree stops unexpectedly when using ":cd " and entering a
+    directory that doesn't contain other directories.
+8   Command line completion: buffers "foo.txt" and "../b/foo.txt", completing
+    ":buf foo<Tab>" doesn't find the second one. (George V. Reilly)
+8   Add more command line completion for :syntax.
+8   Add more command line completion for :highlight.
+-   Wildmenu not deleted: "gvim -u NONE", ":set nocp wildmenu cmdheight=3
+    laststatus=2", CTRL-D CTRL-H CTRL-H CTRL-H. (A.Politz, 2008 April 1) Works
+    OK with Vim in an xterm.
+-   If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't
+    work.
 
 
 Command line history:
@@ -5679,7 +5638,7 @@ Options:
 7   ":with option=value | command": temporarily set an option value and
     restore it after the command has executed.
 8   Make "old" number options that really give a number of effects into string
-    options that are a comma separated list.  The old number values should
+    options that are a comma-separated list.  The old number values should
     also be supported.
 8   Add commands to save and restore an option, which also preserves the flag
     that marks if the option was set.  Useful to keep the effect of setting

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 05
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -133,11 +133,12 @@ Kibaale Children's Centre		*kcc* *Kibaale*  *charity*
 Kibaale Children's Centre (KCC) is located in Kibaale, a small town in the
 south of Uganda, near Tanzania, in East Africa.  The area is known as Rakai
 District.  The population is mostly farmers.  Although people are poor, there
-is enough food.  But this district is suffering from AIDS more than any other
-part of the world.  Some say that it started there.  Estimations are that 10
-to 30% of the Ugandans are infected with HIV.  Because parents die, there are
-many orphans.  In this district about 60,000 children have lost one or both
-parents, out of a population of 350,000.  And this is still continuing.
+usually is enough food.  But this district is suffering from AIDS more than
+any other part of the world.  Some say that it started there.  Estimations are
+that in the past 10 to 30% of the Ugandans are infected with HIV.  Because
+parents die, there are many orphans.  In this district about 60,000 children
+have lost one or both parents, out of a population of 350,000.  Although AIDS
+is now mostly under control, the problems are still continuing.
 
 The children need a lot of help.  The KCC is working hard to provide the needy
 with food, medical care and education.  Food and medical care to keep them

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -286,12 +286,12 @@ history file.  E.g.: >
 	au BufReadPost * call ReadUndo()
 	au BufWritePost * call WriteUndo()
 	func ReadUndo()
-	  if filereadable(expand('%:h'). '/UNDO/' . expand('%:t'))
+	  if filereadable(expand('%:h') .. '/UNDO/' .. expand('%:t'))
 	    rundo %:h/UNDO/%:t
 	  endif
 	endfunc
 	func WriteUndo()
-	  let dirname = expand('%:h') . '/UNDO'
+	  let dirname = expand('%:h') .. '/UNDO'
 	  if !isdirectory(dirname)
 	    call mkdir(dirname)
 	  endif

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ line break.  Revert with ":iunmap <C-U>".
 Enable using the mouse if available.  See 'mouse'.
 
 >
-	vnoremap _g y:exe "grep /" . escape(@", '\\/') . "/ *.c *.h"<CR>
+	vnoremap _g y:exe "grep /" .. escape(@", '\\/') .. "/ *.c *.h"<CR>
 
 This mapping yanks the visually selected text and searches for it in C files.
 You can see that a mapping can be used to do quite complicated things.  Still,

runtime/doc/usr_29.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_29.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*usr_29.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 13
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -33,10 +33,12 @@ following command: >
 	ctags *.c
 
 "ctags" is a separate program.  Most Unix systems already have it installed.
-If you do not have it yet, you can find Exuberant ctags here:
-
+If you do not have it yet, you can find Universal/Exuberant ctags at:
+	http://ctags.io ~
 	http://ctags.sf.net ~
 
+Universal ctags is preferred, Exuberant ctags is no longer being developed.
+
 Now when you are in Vim and you want to go to a function definition, you can
 jump to it by using the following command: >
 
@@ -142,15 +144,15 @@ ONE TAGS FILE
 When Vim has to search many places for tags files, you can hear the disk
 rattling.  It may get a bit slow.  In that case it's better to spend this
 time while generating one big tags file.  You might do this overnight.
-   This requires the Exuberant ctags program, mentioned above.  It offers an
-argument to search a whole directory tree: >
+   This requires the Universal or Exuberant ctags program, mentioned above.
+It offers an argument to search a whole directory tree: >
 
 	cd ~/proj
 	ctags -R .
 
-The nice thing about this is that Exuberant ctags recognizes various file
-types.  Thus this doesn't work just for C and C++ programs, also for Eiffel
-and even Vim scripts.  See the ctags documentation to tune this.
+The nice thing about this is that Universal/Exuberant ctags recognizes various
+file types.  Thus this doesn't work just for C and C++ programs, also for
+Eiffel and even Vim scripts.  See the ctags documentation to tune this.
    Now you only need to tell Vim where your big tags file is: >
 
 	:set tags=~/proj/tags
@@ -232,7 +234,8 @@ A TAGS BROWSER
 Since CTRL-] takes you to the definition of the identifier under the cursor,
 you can use a list of identifier names as a table of contents.  Here is an
 example.
-   First create a list of identifiers (this requires Exuberant ctags): >
+   First create a list of identifiers (this requires Universal or Exuberant
+ctags): >
 
 	ctags --c-types=f -f functions *.c
 

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ and avoid errors.  Such as thinking that the "-0o36" above makes the number
 negative, while it is actually seen as a subtraction.
 
 To actually have the minus sign be used for negation, you can put the second
-expression in parenthesis: >
+expression in parentheses: >
 
 	echo -0x7f (-0o36)
 

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 03
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 :[range]P[rint] [count] [flags]
 			Just as ":print".  Was apparently added to Vi for
 			people that keep the shift key pressed too long...
+			This command is not supported in |Vim9| script.
 			Note: A user command can overrule this command.
 			See |ex-flags| for [flags].
 
@@ -267,7 +268,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			name does not contain a single quote: >
 				:!ls '%'
 <			This should always work, but it's more typing: >
-				:exe "!ls " . shellescape(expand("%"))
+				:exe "!ls " .. shellescape(expand("%"))
 <			To get a literal "%" or "#" prepend it with a
 			backslash.  For example, to list all files starting
 			with "%": >
@@ -380,7 +381,7 @@ N  *+folding*		|folding|
    *+fork*		Unix only: |fork| shell commands
    *+float*		Floating point support
 N  *+gettext*		message translations |multi-lang|
-   *+GUI_Athena*	Unix only: Athena |GUI|
+-  *+GUI_Athena*	Unix only: Athena |GUI|
    *+GUI_neXtaw*	Unix only: neXtaw |GUI|
    *+GUI_GTK*		Unix only: GTK+ |GUI|
    *+GUI_Motif*		Unix only: Motif |GUI|
@@ -410,6 +411,7 @@ T  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
 N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
+m  *+mouse_gpm/dyn*	Same as |+mouse_gpm| with optional library dependency |/dyn|
 N  *+mouse_jsbterm*	JSB mouse handling |jsbterm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
@@ -649,7 +651,7 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			used.  In this example |:silent| is used to avoid the
 			message about reading the file and |:unsilent| to be
 			able to list the first line of each file. >
-		:silent argdo unsilent echo expand('%') . ": " . getline(1)
+		:silent argdo unsilent echo expand('%') .. ": " .. getline(1)
 <
 
 						*:verb* *:verbose*

runtime/doc/version5.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version5.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Apr 05
+*version5.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@ regexp character classes (for fast syntax highlight matching):
 
 ":set" now accepts "+=", |^=" and "-=": add or remove parts of a string
 option, add or subtract a number from a number option.  A comma is
-automagically inserted or deleted for options that are a comma separated list.
+automagically inserted or deleted for options that are a comma-separated list.
 
 Filetype feature, for autocommands.  Uses a file type instead of a pattern to
 match a file.  Currently only used for RISC OS.  (Leonard)

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Apr 05
+*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -12447,7 +12447,7 @@ Solution:   Make sure ".out" files are deleted when they get in the way.  Add
 Files:	    src/Make_bc5.mak, src/testdir/Make_dos.mak
 
 Patch 6.2.381
-Problem:    Setting 'fileencoding' to a comma separated list (confusing it
+Problem:    Setting 'fileencoding' to a comma-separated list (confusing it
 	    with 'fileencodings') does not result in an error message.
 	    Setting 'fileencoding' in an empty file marks it as modified.
 	    There is no "+" in the title after setting 'fileencoding'.

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -14965,7 +14965,7 @@ Solution:   Adjust autoconf. (lilydjwg)
 Files:	    src/configure.in, src/auto/configure
 
 Patch 7.3.806
-Problem:    Compiler warnings in Perl code when building with Visual studio
+Problem:    Compiler warnings in Perl code when building with Visual Studio
 	    2012. (skeept)
 Solution:   Add type casts. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 30)
 Files:	    src/if_perl.xs

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 21
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ Graphical User Interface (GUI).				|gui|
 	Included support for GUI: menu's, mouse, scrollbars, etc.  You can
 	define your own menus.  Better support for CTRL/SHIFT/ALT keys in
 	combination with special keys and mouse.  Supported for various
-	platforms, such as X11 (with Motif and Athena interfaces), GTK, Win32
-	(Windows XP and later), Amiga and Macintosh.
+	platforms, such as X11 with Motif, GTK, Win32 (Windows XP and later),
+	Amiga and Macintosh.
 
 Multiple windows and buffers.				|windows.txt|
 	Vim can split the screen into several windows, each editing a

runtime/doc/vim-ja.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH VIM 1 "2006 Apr 11"
+.TH VIM 1 "2021 Jun 13"
 .SH 名前
 vim \- Vi IMproved, プログラマのテキストエディタ
 .SH 書式

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 11
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -94,8 +94,20 @@ script and `:def` functions; details are below:
 	def CallMe(count: number, message: string): bool
 - Call functions without `:call`: >
 	writefile(['done'], 'file.txt')
-- You cannot use old Ex commands `:xit`, `:t`, `:k`, `:append`, `:change`,
-  `:insert`, `:open`, and `:s` or `:d` with only flags.
+- You cannot use old Ex commands:
+	`:Print`
+	`:append`
+	`:change`
+	`:d`  directly followed by 'd' or 'p'.
+	`:insert`
+	`:k`
+	`:mode`
+	`:open`
+	`:s`  with only flags
+	`:t`
+  	`:xit`
+- Some commands, especially those used for flow control, cannot be shortened.
+  E.g., `:throw` cannot be written as `:th`. *E839*
 - You cannot use curly-braces names.
 - A range before a command must be prefixed with a colon: >
 	:%s/this/that
@@ -172,8 +184,8 @@ For now you will need to pass the dictionary explicitly: >
 	def DictFunc(d: dict<any>, arg: string)
 	   echo d[arg]
 	enddef
-	var d = {item: 'value', func: DictFunc}
-	d.func(d, 'item')
+	var ad = {item: 'value', func: DictFunc}
+	ad.func(ad, 'item')
 
 You can call a legacy dict function though: >
 	func Legacy() dict
@@ -229,8 +241,17 @@ script "export" needs to be used. >
 <						*E1058* *E1075*
 When using `:function` or `:def` to specify a nested function inside a `:def`
 function and no namespace was given, this nested function is local to the code
-block it is defined in.  It is not possible to define a script-local function.
-It is possible to define a global function by using the "g:" prefix.
+block it is defined in.  It cannot be used in `function()` with a string
+argument, pass the function reference itself: >
+	def Outer()
+	  def Inner()
+	    echo 'inner'
+	  enddef
+	  var Fok = function(Inner)     # OK
+	  var Fbad = function('Inner')  # does not work
+
+It is not possible to define a script-local function.  It is possible to
+define a global function by using the "g:" prefix.
 
 When referring to a function and no "s:" or "g:" prefix is used, Vim will
 search for the function:
@@ -245,9 +266,11 @@ that the name interferes with builtin functions.
 							*vim9-s-namespace*
 The use of the "s:" prefix is not supported at the Vim9 script level.  All
 functions and variables without a prefix are script-local.
-In :def functions the use of "s:" is optional.  This is because in legacy
-script the "s:" might be needed.  Disallowing the use of "s:" only in a :def
-function in Vim9 script would be a bit confusing.
+
+In :def functions the use of "s:" depends on the script: Script-local
+variables and functions in a legacy script do use "s:", while in a Vim9 script
+they do not use "s:".  This matches what you see in the rest of the file.
+
 In legacy functions the use of "s:" for script items is required, as before.
 
 In all cases the function must be defined before used.  That is when it is
@@ -282,18 +305,19 @@ If you do want to keep items, use: >
 	vim9script noclear
 
 You want to use this in scripts that use a `finish` command to bail out at
-some point when loaded again.  E.g. when a buffer local option is set: >
+some point when loaded again.  E.g. when a buffer local option is set to a
+function, the function does not need to be defined more than once: >
 	vim9script noclear
 	setlocal completefunc=SomeFunc
-	if exists('*g:SomeFunc')
+	if exists('*SomeFunc')
 	  finish
 	endif
-	def g:SomeFunc()
+	def SomeFunc()
 	....
 
 
 Variable declarations with :var, :final and :const ~
-				*vim9-declaration* *:var*
+				*vim9-declaration* *:var* *E1079*
 				*E1017* *E1020* *E1054* *E1087* *E1108* *E1124*
 Local variables need to be declared with `:var`.  Local constants need to be
 declared with `:final` or `:const`.  We refer to both as "variables" in this
@@ -352,17 +376,30 @@ And with autocommands: >
 	   }
 
 Although using a :def function probably works better.
+
 				*E1022* *E1103* *E1130* *E1131* *E1133*
-				*E1134* *E1235*
+				*E1134*
 Declaring a variable with a type but without an initializer will initialize to
 false (for bool), empty (for string, list, dict, etc.) or zero (for number,
 any, etc.).  This matters especially when using the "any" type, the value will
-default to the number zero.
-						*E1016* *E1052* *E1066*
+default to the number zero.  For example, when declaring a list, items can be
+added: >
+	var myList: list<number>
+	myList->add(7)
+
+Initializing a variable to a null value, e.g. `null_list`, differs from not
+initializing the variable.  This throws an error: >
+	var myList = null_list
+	myList->add(7)  # E1130: Cannot add to null list
+
+<						*E1016* *E1052* *E1066*
 In Vim9 script `:let` cannot be used.  An existing variable is assigned to
 without any command.  The same for global, window, tab, buffer and Vim
 variables, because they are not really declared.  Those can also be deleted
 with `:unlet`.
+							*E1065*
+You cannot use `:va` to declare a variable, it must be written with the full
+name `:var`.  Just to make sure it is easy to read.
 							*E1178*
 `:lockvar` does not work on local variables.  Use `:const` and `:final`
 instead.
@@ -422,7 +459,7 @@ similar to how a function argument can be ignored: >
 	[a, _, c] = theList
 To ignore any remaining items: >
 	[a, b; _] = longList
-<							*E1163*
+<							*E1163* *E1080*
 Declaring more than one variable at a time, using the unpack notation, is
 possible.  Each variable can have a type or infer it from the value: >
 	var [v1: number, v2] = GetValues()
@@ -837,6 +874,7 @@ Instead of `:k` you can use `:mark`.
 Comparators ~
 
 The 'ignorecase' option is not used for comparators that use strings.
+Thus "=~" works like "=~#".
 
 
 Abort after error ~
@@ -939,10 +977,42 @@ always converted to string: >
 Simple types are Number, Float, Special and Bool.  For other types |string()|
 should be used.
 						*false* *true* *null* *E1034*
-In Vim9 script one can use "true" for v:true, "false" for v:false and "null"
-for v:null.  When converting a boolean to a string "false" and "true" are
-used, not "v:false" and "v:true" like in legacy script.  "v:none" is not
-changed, it is only used in JSON and has no equivalent in other languages.
+In Vim9 script one can use the following predefined values: >
+	true
+	false
+	null
+	null_blob
+	null_channel
+	null_dict
+	null_function
+	null_job
+	null_list
+	null_partial
+	null_string
+`true` is the same as `v:true`, `false` the same as `v:false`, `null` the same
+as `v:null`.
+
+While `null` has the type "special", the other "null_" types have the type
+indicated by their name.  Quite often a null value is handled the same as an
+empty value, but not always.  The values can be useful to clear a script-local
+variable, since they cannot be deleted with `:unlet`.  E.g.: >
+	var theJob = job_start(...)
+	# let the job do its work
+	theJob = null_job
+
+The values can also be useful as the default value for an argument: >
+	def MyFunc(b: blob = null_blob)
+	   if b == null_blob
+	      # b argument was not given
+
+It is possible to compare `null`  with any value, this will not give a type
+error.  However, comparing `null` with a number, float or bool will always
+result in `false`.  This is different from legacy script, where comparing
+`null` with zero or `false` would return `true`.
+
+When converting a boolean to a string `false` and `true` are used, not
+`v:false` and `v:true` like in legacy script.  `v:none` has no `none`
+replacement, it has no equivalent in other languages.
 
 Indexing a string with [idx] or taking a slice with [idx : idx] uses character
 indexes instead of byte indexes.  Composing characters are included.
@@ -1179,6 +1249,11 @@ Closures defined in a loop will share the same context.  For example: >
 	endfor
 	echo range(5)->map((i, _) => flist[i]())
 	# Result: [4, 4, 4, 4, 4]
+<							*E1271*
+A closure must be compiled in the context that it is defined in, so that
+variables in that context can be found.  This mostly happens correctly, except
+when a function is marked for debugging with `breakadd` after it was compiled.
+Make sure to define the breakpoint before compiling the outer function.
 
 The "inloop" variable will exist only once, all closures put in the list refer
 to the same instance, which in the end will have the value 4.  This is
@@ -1430,32 +1505,61 @@ In legacy Vim script, where a number was expected, a string would be
 automatically converted to a number.  This was convenient for an actual number
 such as "123", but leads to unexpected problems (and no error message) if the
 string doesn't start with a number.  Quite often this leads to hard-to-find
-bugs.
+bugs. e.g.: >
+	echo 123 == '123'
+<	1 ~
+With an accidental space: >
+	echo 123 == ' 123'
+<	0 ~
 							*E1206* *E1210* *E1212*
 In Vim9 script this has been made stricter.  In most places it works just as
-before, if the value used matches the expected type.  There will sometimes be
+before if the value used matches the expected type.  There will sometimes be
 an error, thus breaking backwards compatibility.  For example:
 - Using a number other than 0 or 1 where a boolean is expected.  *E1023*
 - Using a string value when setting a number option.
 - Using a number where a string is expected.   *E1024* *E1105*
 
 One consequence is that the item type of a list or dict given to |map()| must
-not change.  This will give an error in Vim9 script: >
-	echo map([1, 2, 3], (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)
-	E1012: Type mismatch; expected number but got string
-Instead use |mapnew()|: >
-	echo mapnew([1, 2, 3], (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)
-	['item 0', 'item 1', 'item 2']
+not change, if the type was declared.  This will give an error in Vim9
+script: >
+	var mylist: list<number> = [1, 2, 3]
+	echo map(mylist, (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)
+<	E1012: Type mismatch; expected number but got string in map() ~
 
-If the item type was determined to be "any" it can change to a more specific
-type.  E.g. when a list of mixed types gets changed to a list of strings: >
+Instead use |mapnew()|, it creates a new list: >
+	var mylist: list<number> = [1, 2, 3]
+	echo mapnew(mylist, (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)
+<	['item 0', 'item 1', 'item 2'] ~
+
+If the item type was not declared or determined to be "any" it can change to a
+more specific type.  E.g. when a list of mixed types gets changed to a list of
+strings: >
 	var mylist = [1, 2.0, '3']
 	# typename(mylist) == "list<any>"
 	map(mylist, (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)
 	# typename(mylist) == "list<string>", no error
-<								*E1158*
+
+There is a subtle difference between using a list constant directly and
+through a variable declaration.  Because of type inference, when using a list
+constant to initialize a variable, this also sets the declared type: >
+	var mylist = [1, 2, 3]
+	# typename(mylist) == "list<number>"
+	echo map(mylist, (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)  # Error!
+
+When using the list constant directly, the type is not declared and is allowed
+to change: >
+	echo map([1, 2, 3], (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)  # OK
+
+The reasoning behind this is that when a type is declared and the list is
+passed around and changed, the declaration must always hold.  So that you can
+rely on the type to match the declared type.  For a constant this is not
+needed.
+
+								*E1158*
 Same for |extend()|, use |extendnew()| instead, and for |flatten()|, use
-|flattennew()| instead.
+|flattennew()| instead.  Since |flatten()| is intended to always change the
+type, it can not be used in Vim9 script.
+
 			 *E1211* *E1217* *E1218* *E1219* *E1220* *E1221*
 			 *E1222* *E1223* *E1224* *E1225* *E1226* *E1227*
 			 *E1228* *E1238* *E1250* *E1251* *E1252* *E1253*
@@ -1616,7 +1720,15 @@ line, there can be no line break: >
 		name   # Error!
 	echo that
 		.name  # Error!
-<							*:import-cycle*
+
+To refer to a function in an imported script in a mapping, |<SID>| can be
+used: >
+	noremap <silent> ,a :call <SID>name.Function()<CR>
+
+When the mapping is defined "<SID>name." will be replaced with <SNR> and the
+script ID of the imported script.
+
+							*:import-cycle*
 The `import` commands are executed when encountered.  If script A imports
 script B, and B (directly or indirectly) imports A, this will be skipped over.
 At this point items in A after "import B" will not have been processed and
@@ -1641,7 +1753,8 @@ actually needed.  Using the autoload mechanism is recommended:
    The "autoload" argument to `:import` means that the script is not loaded
    until one of the items is actually used.  The script will be found under
    the "autoload" directory in 'runtimepath' instead of the "import"
-   directory.
+   directory.  Alternatively a relative or absolute name can be used, see
+   below.
 
 2. In the autoload script put the bulk of the code. >
 	vim9script
@@ -1655,11 +1768,20 @@ actually needed.  Using the autoload mechanism is recommended:
    prefix is obtained from the file name, as you would to manually in a
    legacy autoload script.  Thus the exported function can be found with
    "for#search#Stuff", but you would normally use `import autoload` and not
-   use the prefix.
+   use the prefix (which has the side effect of loading the autoload script
+   when compiling a function that encounters this name).
 
    You can split up the functionality and import other scripts from the
    autoload script as you like.  This way you can share code between plugins.
 
+Searching for the autoload script in all entries in 'runtimepath' can be a bit
+slow.  If the plugin knows where the script is located, quite often a relative
+path can be used.  This avoids the search and should be quite a bit faster.
+Another advantage is that the script name does not need to be unique.  An
+absolute path is also possible.  Examples: >
+	import autoload '../lib/implement.vim'
+	import autoload MyScriptsDir .. '/lib/implement.vim'
+
 For defining a mapping that uses the imported autoload script the special key
 |<ScriptCmd>| is useful.  It allows for a command in a mapping to use the
 script context of where the mapping was defined.
@@ -1667,7 +1789,17 @@ script context of where the mapping was defined.
 When compiling a `:def` function and a function in an autoload script is
 encountered, the script is not loaded until the `:def` function is called.
 This also means you get any errors only at runtime, since the argument and
-return types are not known yet.
+return types are not known yet.  If you would use the name with '#' characters
+then the autoload script IS loaded.
+
+Be careful to not refer to an item in an autoload script that does trigger
+loading it unintentionally.  For example, when setting an option that takes a
+function name, make sure to use a string, not a function reference: >
+	import autoload 'qftf.vim'
+	&quickfixtextfunc = 'qftf.Func'  # autoload script NOT loaded
+	&quickfixtextfunc = qftf.Func    # autoload script IS loaded
+On the other hand, it can be useful to load the script early, at a time when
+any errors should be given.
 
 For testing the |test_override()| function can be used to have the
 `import autoload` load the script right away, so that the items and types can
@@ -1719,6 +1851,17 @@ threaded, connecting asynchronous operations is a natural way of allowing
 plugins to do their work without blocking the user.  It's a uniform way to
 invoke callbacks and handle timeouts and errors.
 
+Some commands have already been reserved:
+	*:class*
+	*:endclass*
+	*:abstract*
+	*:enum*
+	*:endenum*
+	*:interface*
+	*:endinterface*
+	*:static*
+	*:type*
+
 Some examples: >
 
 	abstract class Person 

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 03
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ These commands can also be executed with ":wincmd":
 		the |CursorHold| autocommand event).  Or when a Normal mode
 		command is inconvenient.
 		The count can also be a window number.  Example: >
-			:exe nr . "wincmd w"
+			:exe nr .. "wincmd w"
 <		This goes to window "nr".
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ windows.
 						*preview-popup*
 Alternatively, a popup window can be used by setting the 'previewpopup'
 option.  When set, it overrules the 'previewwindow' and 'previewheight'
-settings.  The option is a comma separated list of values:
+settings.  The option is a comma-separated list of values:
 	height		maximum height of the popup
 	width		maximum width of the popup
 	highlight	highlight group of the popup (default is Pmenu)
@@ -964,12 +964,12 @@ CTRL-W g }						*CTRL-W_g}*
 		cursor.  This is less clever than using |:ptag|, but you don't
 		need a tags file and it will also find matches in system
 		include files.  Example: >
-  :au! CursorHold *.[ch] ++nested exe "silent! psearch " . expand("<cword>")
+  :au! CursorHold *.[ch] ++nested exe "silent! psearch " .. expand("<cword>")
 <		Warning: This can be slow.
 
 Example						*CursorHold-example*  >
 
-  :au! CursorHold *.[ch] ++nested exe "silent! ptag " . expand("<cword>")
+  :au! CursorHold *.[ch] ++nested exe "silent! ptag " .. expand("<cword>")
 
 This will cause a ":ptag" to be executed for the keyword under the cursor,
 when the cursor hasn't moved for the time set with 'updatetime'.  The "nested"
@@ -992,14 +992,14 @@ is no word under the cursor, and a few other things: >
   :
   :    " Delete any existing highlight before showing another tag
   :    silent! wincmd P			" jump to preview window
-  :    if &previewwindow			" if we really get there...
+  :    if &previewwindow		" if we really get there...
   :      match none			" delete existing highlight
   :      wincmd p			" back to old window
   :    endif
   :
   :    " Try displaying a matching tag for the word under the cursor
   :    try
-  :       exe "ptag " . w
+  :       exe "ptag " .. w
   :    catch
   :      return
   :    endtry
@@ -1011,10 +1011,10 @@ is no word under the cursor, and a few other things: >
   :	 endif
   :	 call search("$", "b")		" to end of previous line
   :	 let w = substitute(w, '\\', '\\\\', "")
-  :	 call search('\<\V' . w . '\>')	" position cursor on match
+  :	 call search('\<\V' .. w .. '\>')	" position cursor on match
   :	 " Add a match highlight to the word at this position
   :      hi previewWord term=bold ctermbg=green guibg=green
-  :	 exe 'match previewWord "\%' . line(".") . 'l\%' . col(".") . 'c\k*"'
+  :	 exe 'match previewWord "\%' .. line(".") .. 'l\%' .. col(".") .. 'c\k*"'
   :      wincmd p			" back to old window
   :    endif
   :  endif

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2022 Jan 31
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 13
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -155,14 +155,21 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asp
 	\   setf aspvbs |
 	\ endif
 
-" Grub (must be before catch *.lst)
+" Grub (must be before pattern *.lst)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */boot/grub/menu.lst,*/boot/grub/grub.conf,*/etc/grub.conf setf grub
 
+" Maxima, see:
+" https://maxima.sourceforge.io/docs/manual/maxima_71.html#file_005ftype_005fmaxima
+" Must be before the pattern *.mac.
+" *.dem omitted - also used by gnuplot demos
+" *.mc omitted - used by dist#ft#McSetf()
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.demo,*.dm{1,2,3,t},*.wxm,maxima-init.mac setf maxima
+
 " Assembly (all kinds)
 " *.lst is not pure assembly, it has two extra columns (address, byte codes)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asm,*.[sS],*.[aA],*.mac,*.lst	call dist#ft#FTasm()
 
-" Macro (VAX)
+" Assembly - Macro (VAX)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mar			setf vmasm
 
 " Atlas
@@ -205,11 +212,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.iba,*.ibi		setf ibasic
 " FreeBasic file (similar to QBasic)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fb			setf freebasic
 
-" Batch file for MSDOS.
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bat,*.sys		setf dosbatch
+" Batch file for MSDOS. See dist#ft#FTsys for *.sys
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bat			setf dosbatch
 " *.cmd is close to a Batch file, but on OS/2 Rexx files also use *.cmd.
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cmd
 	\ if getline(1) =~ '^/\*' | setf rexx | else | setf dosbatch | endif
+" ABB RAPID or Batch file for MSDOS.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sys\c			call dist#ft#FTsys()
 
 " Batch file for 4DOS
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.btm			call dist#ft#FTbtm()
@@ -360,13 +369,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.eni			setf cl
 " Clever or dtd
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ent			call dist#ft#FTent()
 
-" Clipper (or FoxPro; could also be eviews)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prg
-	\ if exists("g:filetype_prg") |
-	\   exe "setf " . g:filetype_prg |
-	\ else |
-	\   setf clipper |
-	\ endif
+" Clipper, FoxPro, ABB RAPID or eviews
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prg\c			call dist#ft#FTprg()
 
 " Clojure
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clj,*.cljs,*.cljx,*.cljc		setf clojure
@@ -397,6 +401,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cfm,*.cfi,*.cfc		setf cf
 " Configure scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
 
+" Cooklang
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cook			setf cook
+
 " CUDA Compute Unified Device Architecture
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu,*.cuh		setf cuda
 
@@ -420,6 +427,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ex call dist#ft#ExCheck()
 au BufRead,BufNewFile mix.lock,*.exs setf elixir
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.eex,*.leex setf eelixir
 
+" Elvish
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.elv setf elvish
+
 " Euphoria 3 or 4
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.eu,*.ew,*.exu,*.exw  call dist#ft#EuphoriaCheck()
 if has("fname_case")
@@ -441,7 +451,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *quake[1-3]/*.cfg			setf quake
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.qc			setf c
 
 " Configure files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cfg			setf cfg
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cfg\c			call dist#ft#FTcfg()
 
 " Cucumber
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.feature			setf cucumber
@@ -484,6 +494,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/dnsmasq.conf	setf dnsmasq
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.desc			setf desc
 
 " the D language or dtrace
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */dtrace/*.d		setf dtrace
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.d			call dist#ft#DtraceCheck()
 
 " Desktop files
@@ -667,7 +678,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fs			call dist#ft#FTfs()
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fsi,*.fsx		setf fsharp
 
 " GDB command files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .gdbinit,gdbinit		setf gdb
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .gdbinit,gdbinit,.gdbearlyinit,gdbearlyinit,*.gdb		setf gdb
 
 " GDMO
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mo,*.gdmo		setf gdmo
@@ -730,6 +741,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead gnashrc,.gnashrc,gnashpluginrc,.gnashpluginrc setf gnash
 au BufNewFile,BufRead gitolite.conf		setf gitolite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc	setf perl
 
+" Glimmer-flavored TypeScript and JavaScript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gts	setf typescript.glimmer
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gjs	setf javascript.glimmer
+
 " Gnuplot scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi,.gnuplot		setf gnuplot
 
@@ -943,6 +958,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jl			setf julia
 " Kixtart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kix			setf kix
 
+" Kuka Robot Language
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.src\c			call dist#ft#FTsrc()
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dat\c			call dist#ft#FTdat()
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sub\c			setf krl
+
 " Kimwitu[++]
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.k			setf kwt
 
@@ -967,7 +987,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.latte,*.lte		setf latte
 " Limits
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/limits,*/etc/*limits.conf,*/etc/*limits.d/*.conf	setf limits
 
-" LambdaProlog (*.mod too, see Modsim)
+" LambdaProlog (see dist#ft#FTmod for *.mod)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sig			setf lprolog
 
 " LDAP LDIF
@@ -1000,6 +1020,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ll			setf lifelines
 " Lilo: Linux loader
 au BufNewFile,BufRead lilo.conf			setf lilo
 
+" Lilypond
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ly,*.ily		setf lilypond
+
 " Lisp (*.el = ELisp, *.cl = Common Lisp)
 " *.jl was removed, it's also used for Julia, better skip than guess wrong.
 if has("fname_case")
@@ -1130,18 +1153,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mms			call dist#ft#FTmms()
 " Symbian meta-makefile definition (MMP)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mmp			setf mmp
 
-" Modsim III (or LambdaProlog)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mod
-	\ if expand("<afile>") =~ '\<go.mod$' |
-	\   setf gomod |
-	\ elseif getline(1) =~ '\<module\>' |
-	\   setf lprolog |
-	\ else |
-	\   setf modsim3 |
-	\ endif
+" ABB Rapid, Modula-2, Modsim III or LambdaProlog
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mod\c			call dist#ft#FTmod()
 
-" Modula-2  (.md removed in favor of Markdown)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.m2,*.DEF,*.MOD,*.mi	setf modula2
+" Modula-2  (.md removed in favor of Markdown, see dist#ft#FTmod for *.MOD)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.m2,*.DEF,*.mi		setf modula2
 
 " Modula-3 (.m3, .i3, .mg, .ig)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[mi][3g]		setf modula3
@@ -1269,19 +1285,25 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.or			setf openroad
 " OPL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[Oo][Pp][Ll]		setf opl
 
+" OpenSCAD
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scad		setf openscad		
+
 " Oracle config file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ora			setf ora
 
+" Org
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.org,*.org_archive	setf org
+
 " Packet filter conf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead pf.conf			setf pf
 
-" Pacman Config (close enough to dosini)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pacman.conf		setf dosini
+" Pacman config
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pacman.conf		setf conf
 
 " Pacman hooks
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hook
 	\ if getline(1) == '[Trigger]' |
-	\   setf dosini |
+	\   setf conf |
 	\ endif
 
 " Pam conf
@@ -1336,9 +1358,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pm
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pod			setf pod
 
 " Php, php3, php4, etc.
-" Also Phtml (was used for PHP 2 in the past)
-" Also .ctp for Cake template file
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.php,*.php\d,*.phtml,*.ctp	setf php
+" Also Phtml (was used for PHP 2 in the past).
+" Also .ctp for Cake template file.
+" Also .phpt for php tests.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.php,*.php\d,*.phtml,*.ctp,*.phpt	setf php
 
 " PHP config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead php.ini-*			setf dosini
@@ -1624,16 +1647,22 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sass			setf sass
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sa			setf sather
 
 " Scala
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scala,*.sc		setf scala
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scala			setf scala
 
 " SBT - Scala Build Tool
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sbt			setf sbt
 
+" SuperCollider
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sc			call dist#ft#FTsc()
+
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.quark			setf supercollider
+
+" scdoc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scd			call dist#ft#FTscd()
+
 " Scilab
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sci,*.sce		setf scilab
 
-" scdoc
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scd			setf scdoc
 
 " SCSS
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scss			setf scss
@@ -1656,7 +1685,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.siv,*.sieve		setf sieve
 " Sendmail
 au BufNewFile,BufRead sendmail.cf		setf sm
 
-" Sendmail .mc files are actually m4.  Could also be MS Message text file.
+" Sendmail .mc files are actually m4.  Could also be MS Message text file or
+" Maxima.
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mc			call dist#ft#McSetf()
 
 " Services
@@ -1727,7 +1757,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .zshrc,.zshenv,.zlogin,.zlogout,.zcompdump setf zsh
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zsh			setf zsh
 
 " Scheme
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scm,*.ss,*.sld,*.rkt,*.rktd,*.rktl 	setf scheme
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scm,*.ss,*.sld,*.rkt,*.rktd,*.rktl	setf scheme
 
 " Screen RC
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .screenrc,screenrc	setf screen
@@ -2033,6 +2063,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vala			setf vala
 " Vera
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vr,*.vri,*.vrh		setf vera
 
+" Vagrant (uses Ruby syntax)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Vagrantfile		setf ruby
+
 " Verilog HDL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.v			setf verilog
 

runtime/ftplugin/ant.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	ant
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/aspvbs.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	aspvbs
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/c.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2021 Sep 21
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 08
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@ if exists('&ofu')
 endif
 
 " Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments.
-setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
+" Also include ///, used for Doxygen.
+setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:///,://
 
 " In VMS C keywords contain '$' characters.
 if has("vms")

runtime/ftplugin/clojure.vim

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 "                     Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
 " URL:                https://github.com/clojure-vim/clojure.vim
 " License:            Vim (see :h license)
-" Last Change:        2021-10-26
+" Last Change:        2022-03-24
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
 " specially and hence are not indented specially.
 "
 " -*- LISPWORDS -*-
-" Generated from https://github.com/clojure-vim/clojure.vim/blob/62b215f079ce0f3834fd295c7a7f6bd8cc54bcc3/clj/src/vim_clojure_static/generate.clj
+" Generated from https://github.com/clojure-vim/clojure.vim/blob/fd280e33e84c88e97860930557dba3ff80b1a82d/clj/src/vim_clojure_static/generate.clj
 setlocal lispwords=as->,binding,bound-fn,case,catch,cond->,cond->>,condp,def,definline,definterface,defmacro,defmethod,defmulti,defn,defn-,defonce,defprotocol,defrecord,defstruct,deftest,deftest-,deftype,doseq,dotimes,doto,extend,extend-protocol,extend-type,fn,for,if,if-let,if-not,if-some,let,letfn,locking,loop,ns,proxy,reify,set-test,testing,when,when-first,when-let,when-not,when-some,while,with-bindings,with-in-str,with-local-vars,with-open,with-precision,with-redefs,with-redefs-fn,with-test
 
 " Provide insert mode completions for special forms and clojure.core. As
@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ endif
 
 " Filter files in the browse dialog
 if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
-	let b:browsefilter = "Clojure Source Files (*.clj)\t*.clj\n" .
-	                   \ "ClojureScript Source Files (*.cljs)\t*.cljs\n" .
-	                   \ "Java Source Files (*.java)\t*.java\n" .
-	                   \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+	let b:browsefilter = "All Files\t*\n" .
+				\ "Clojure Files\t*.clj;*.cljc;*.cljs;*.cljx\n" .
+				\ "EDN Files\t*.edn\n" .
+				\ "Java Files\t*.java\n"
 	let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:browsefilter'
 endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/config.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	config
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/csc.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	csc
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/csh.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:		csh
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Contributor:		Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
 " Last Change:		2021 Oct 15
 

runtime/ftplugin/dtd.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	dtd
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/html.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	html
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/java.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Java
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Change:  2012 Mar 11
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/jsp.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	jsp
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/liquid.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:     Liquid
 " Maintainer:   Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 May 21
+" Last Change:	2022 Mar 15
 
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ if has('gui_win32')
 endif
 
 if exists('loaded_matchit')
-  let b:match_words .= '\<\%(if\w*\|unless\|case\)\>:\<\%(elsif\|else\|when\)\>:\<end\%(if\w*\|unless\|case\)\>,\<\%(for\|tablerow\)\>:\%({%\s*\)\@<=empty\>:\<end\%(for\|tablerow\)\>,<\(capture\|comment\|highlight\)\>:\<end\1\>'
+  let b:match_words .= '\<\%(if\w*\|unless\|case\)\>:\<\%(elsif\|else\|when\)\>:\<end\%(if\w*\|unless\|case\)\>,\<\%(for\|tablerow\)\>:\%({%\s*\)\@<=empty\>:\<end\%(for\|tablerow\)\>,\<\(capture\|comment\|highlight\)\>:\<end\1\>'
 endif
 
 setlocal commentstring={%\ comment\ %}%s{%\ endcomment\ %}

runtime/ftplugin/pascal.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:		Pascal
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Change:		2021 Apr 23
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif

runtime/ftplugin/php.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	php
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 
@@ -71,10 +73,11 @@ exe 'nno <buffer> <silent> ]] /' . escape(s:section, '|') . '/<CR>:nohls<CR>'
 exe 'ono <buffer> <silent> [[ ?' . escape(s:section, '|') . '?<CR>:nohls<CR>'
 exe 'ono <buffer> <silent> ]] /' . escape(s:section, '|') . '/<CR>:nohls<CR>'
 
+setlocal suffixesadd=.php
 setlocal commentstring=/*%s*/
 
 " Undo the stuff we changed.
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal commentstring< include< omnifunc<" .
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal suffixesadd< commentstring< include< omnifunc<" .
 	    \	      " | unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_words | " .
 	    \	      s:undo_ftplugin
 

runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2020 Feb 13
+" Last Change:		2022 Mar 21
 
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
   finish
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ endif
 " TODO:
 "setlocal define=^\\s*def
 
-setlocal comments=:#
+setlocal comments=b:#
 setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 
 if !exists('g:ruby_version_paths')
@@ -87,8 +87,14 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:build_path(path) abort
   let path = join(map(copy(a:path), 'v:val ==# "." ? "" : v:val'), ',')
-  if &g:path !~# '\v^%(\.,)=%(/%(usr|emx)/include,)=,$'
-    let path = substitute(&g:path,',,$',',','') . ',' . path
+  if &g:path =~# '\v^%(\.,)=%(/%(usr|emx)/include,)=,$'
+    let path = path . ',.,,'
+  elseif &g:path =~# ',\.,,$'
+    let path = &g:path[0:-4] . path . ',.,,'
+  elseif &g:path =~# ',,$'
+    let path = &g:path[0:-2] . path . ',,'
+  else
+    let path = substitute(&g:path, '[^,]\zs$', ',', '') . path
   endif
   return path
 endfunction
@@ -164,6 +170,8 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin .= "| sil! cunmap <buffer> <Plug><ctag>| sil! cunmap <buffer
 if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
   nmap <buffer><script> <SID>:  :<C-U>
   nmap <buffer><script> <SID>c: :<C-U><C-R>=v:count ? v:count : ''<CR>
+  cmap <buffer> <SID><cfile> <Plug><cfile>
+  cmap <buffer> <SID><ctag>  <Plug><ctag>
 
   nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>',['rubyDefine'],'b','n')<CR>
   nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>',['rubyDefine'],'','n')<CR>
@@ -210,20 +218,20 @@ if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
   call s:map('c', '', '<C-R><C-F> <Plug><cfile>')
 
   cmap <buffer><script><expr> <SID>tagzv &foldopen =~# 'tag' ? '<Bar>norm! zv' : ''
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-]>       <SID>:exe  v:count1."tag <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g<C-]>      <SID>:exe         "tjump <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g]          <SID>:exe       "tselect <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>]      <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W><C-]>  <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g<C-]> <SID>:exe        "stjump <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g]     <SID>:exe      "stselect <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>}      <SID>:exe v:count1."ptag <Plug><ctag>"<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g}     <SID>:exe        "ptjump <Plug><ctag>"<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', '<C-]>       <SID>:exe  v:count1."tag <SID><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', 'g<C-]>      <SID>:exe         "tjump <SID><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', 'g]          <SID>:exe       "tselect <SID><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', '<C-W>]      <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <SID><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', '<C-W><C-]>  <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <SID><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', '<C-W>g<C-]> <SID>:exe        "stjump <SID><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', '<C-W>g]     <SID>:exe      "stselect <SID><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', '<C-W>}      <SID>:exe v:count1."ptag <SID><ctag>"<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', '<C-W>g}     <SID>:exe        "ptjump <SID><ctag>"<CR>')
 
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'gf           <SID>c:find <Plug><cfile><CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>f      <SID>c:sfind <Plug><cfile><CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W><C-F>  <SID>c:sfind <Plug><cfile><CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>gf   <SID>c:tabfind <Plug><cfile><CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', 'gf           <SID>c:find <SID><cfile><CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', '<C-W>f      <SID>c:sfind <SID><cfile><CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', '<C-W><C-F>  <SID>c:sfind <SID><cfile><CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<script><silent>', '<C-W>gf   <SID>c:tabfind <SID><cfile><CR>')
 endif
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/sgml.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	sgml
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/sh.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	sh
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/svg.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	svg
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif